WO2020179739A1 - Store assistance system, store assistance method, and program - Google Patents
Store assistance system, store assistance method, and program Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020179739A1 WO2020179739A1 PCT/JP2020/008723 JP2020008723W WO2020179739A1 WO 2020179739 A1 WO2020179739 A1 WO 2020179739A1 JP 2020008723 W JP2020008723 W JP 2020008723W WO 2020179739 A1 WO2020179739 A1 WO 2020179739A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- task
- worker
- work
- information
- unit
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q10/00—Administration; Management
- G06Q10/06—Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
Definitions
- This disclosure generally relates to a store support system, a store support method and a program, and more specifically, to a store support system, a store support method and a program that supports work in a store by scheduling work in the store.
- Patent Document 1 describes a store system including a store information management device and a plurality of store business terminals.
- the work start time, work end time, and transmission time to each terminal are registered in advance in the store information management device as work instruction information for each store business terminal.
- the store information management device performs a match determination process between the time held by the timer device and the transmission time to each store business terminal, extracts work instruction information from the matched work instruction information, creates a work instruction transmission file, and stores the store. Send to the business terminal.
- Each store business terminal displays the work instruction content on the screen based on the received work instruction transmission file.
- This disclosure has been made in view of the above reasons, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a store support system, a store support method, and a program in which a decrease in work efficiency due to leaving a record of work is unlikely to occur.
- the store support system includes an instruction unit, a detection unit, and a performance output unit.
- the instruction unit instructs each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by the plurality of workers in the store.
- the periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing.
- the irregular task occurs irregularly.
- the detection unit detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the operator instructed by the instruction unit among the plurality of workers. Based on the detection result of the detection unit, the performance output unit generates performance information indicating the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers, and outputs the performance information.
- the store support method includes instruction processing, detection processing, and actual output processing.
- the instruction process is a process of instructing each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers in the store. is there.
- the regular task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing.
- the irregular task occurs irregularly.
- the detection process is a process for detecting the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker instructed by the instruction process among the plurality of workers.
- the actual result output process is a process of generating actual results information representing the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the actual results information.
- the program according to one aspect of the present disclosure is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing the configuration of the store support system according to the first embodiment.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the store support system described above.
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing the operation of the store support system described above.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing a work instruction screen displayed on a worker terminal in the above shop support system.
- FIG. 5 is explanatory drawing which shows notionally the process which concerns on the production
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a process related to generation of work schedule information in the store support system described above.
- FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the operation of the allocation unit in the store support system described above.
- FIG. 8A is a schematic view showing an operation example of the detection unit in the store support system described above.
- FIG. 8B is a schematic view showing another operation example of the detection unit in the store support system described above.
- 9A to 9C are explanatory views showing the transition of the screen displayed on the worker terminal when the first task is accepted and completed in the screen display method according to the first embodiment.
- FIG. 10A to FIG. 10C are explanatory diagrams showing transitions of screens displayed on the worker terminal when a task suddenly occurs in the screen display method of the above.
- 11A to 11C are explanatory diagrams showing transitions of screens displayed on the worker terminal when the second task is accepted and completed in the screen display method of the above.
- FIG. 12A to 12C are explanatory views showing the transition of the screen displayed on the worker terminal when the second task is accepted and completed while the first task is being executed in the same screen display method.
- 13A to 13C are explanatory diagrams showing transitions of screens displayed on the worker terminal when making a support request for the second task in the screen display method of the above.
- 14A to 14C are explanatory diagrams showing transitions of screens displayed on the worker terminal when the first task is skipped after acceptance in the screen display method.
- 15A to 15C are explanatory views showing the transition of the screen displayed on the worker terminal when switching the first object displayed in the first area in the same screen display method.
- FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the store support system according to the first modification of the first embodiment.
- 17A and 17B are explanatory diagrams showing transitions of screens displayed on the worker terminal in the screen display method according to the second embodiment.
- the store support system 10 (see FIG. 1) according to the present embodiment is a system that supports the work in the store 9 by scheduling the work in the store 9 (see FIG. 1).
- a case where the store support system 10 is introduced in a store 9 of a retail store such as a convenience store, a supermarket, a department store, a drug store, a home appliance mass retailer, or a home center will be described as an example.
- the work in the store 9 is also referred to as a task.
- the "task” referred to in the present disclosure is a work that occurs in the store 9, in other words, is imposed on the workers 91A, 91B, 91C (see FIG. 1) of the store 9 as work, and the workers 91A, 91B, 91C. Is the work performed by. That is, the workers 91A, 91B, and 91C, which are the main bodies that execute the work (task) managed by the store support system 10, are the clerk working in the store 9.
- each of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C may be referred to as a “worker 91”.
- the task includes two types of tasks, a “regular task” that occurs regularly and an “irregular task” that occurs irregularly.
- the periodical tasks include, for example, product display, inventory, and toilet cleaning.
- irregular tasks include cash register support, fast food support (FF support), hot water replenishment for electric kettles, fast food replenishment (preparation) Exchange of garbage bags, product removal and replenishment of consumables.
- the “fast food” here means a light meal cooked in the store 9, and is also called hot snack or hot food.
- the store support system 10 generates work schedule information and outputs the generated work schedule information.
- the "work schedule information” referred to in the present disclosure is information representing a correspondence relationship between a task and a task instruction timing, and defines a task execution schedule in the store 9.
- the “instruction timing” in the present disclosure means a timing to instruct execution of a task, that is, a timing at which the worker 91 should execute the task.
- tasks whose instruction timing is fixed such as regular tasks and semi-regular tasks
- the correspondence with the instruction timing is defined in the work schedule information.
- the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information is also referred to as “first task”.
- tasks whose instruction timing has not been determined such as tasks other than semi-regular tasks among irregular tasks, are not included in the work schedule information.
- a task that is not included in the work schedule information that is, a task whose instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information is also referred to as a “second task”.
- the work schedule information represents the correspondence between the first task and the instruction timing of the first task among the tasks
- the second task is a task different from the first task.
- the first task corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task, product display, inventory, toilet cleaning, electric kettle hot water replenishment, fast food replenishment (preparation), garbage bag exchange, product discharge And replenishment of consumables.
- the second task there are cash register correspondence, fast food correspondence, and the like, which correspond to tasks other than the quasi-periodic task among the irregular tasks.
- the store support system 10 includes a server device 1, a management device 2 installed in the store 9, and a worker terminal carried by the worker 91. 3A, 3B, 3C.
- each of the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C may be referred to as a “worker terminal 3” unless the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C are particularly distinguished.
- the work schedule information is generated by the server device 1 and transmitted from the server device 1 to the management device 2. At this time, the work schedule information is output from the server device 1 as the work schedule information is transmitted from the server device 1 to the management device 2.
- the management device 2 sends a work instruction to the worker terminal 3 according to the work schedule information, thereby notifying the worker 91 of the task (first task) and instructing the worker 91 to execute the task.
- the store support system 10 may instruct the worker 91 to execute the task at the instruction timing by notifying the worker 91, or at a time before the instruction timing, the task is performed together with the instruction timing.
- the task execution may be instructed by notifying the worker 91.
- the shop support system 10 instructs a task to the worker 91 in real time, so that the worker 91 executes the task immediately after receiving the notification of the task.
- the worker 91 since the store support system 10 instructs the worker 91 to perform the task by the reservation method, the worker 91 does not execute the task immediately after receiving the notification of the task, but is notified together with the task. Execute the task at the indicated timing.
- the instruction timing notified together with the task may be the time when the task should be executed or the waiting time until the time when the task should be executed. That is, the "instruction timing" referred to in the present disclosure may be a timing recognized by the worker 91 as a timing for executing the task, and is not limited to the timing when the store support system 10 notifies the worker 91 of the task.
- the store support system 10 generates work schedule information based on the task information related to the task (first task) and the store information related to the situation of the store 9.
- the “status of the store” in the present disclosure includes both the current status of the shop 9 and the future status of the shop 9 estimated from past performance and the like.
- the situation of the store 9 includes, for example, the number of customers in the store 9, sales, inventory status of products, working timetable (work shift) of worker 91 (clerk), and the like. The current status of the number of customers, sales, etc.
- POS Point Of Sales
- future status such as the number of customers and sales includes, for example, reservation status, weather around store 9 (including forecast), presence / absence and time of events (sports games, concerts, etc.) held around store 9. It can be estimated from the band.
- the store support system 10 uses at least the task information and the store information when generating the work schedule information indicating the correspondence relationship between the task (first task) and the instruction timing of the task.
- the work schedule information also changes according to the situation of the store 9, and it becomes possible to issue an appropriate work instruction according to the situation of the store 9. Therefore, even if there is a sudden change in the situation of the store 9, for example, a group customer visits the store or the worker 91 is absent, the store support system 10 performs appropriate work according to the situation of the store 9. It is possible to give instructions.
- the store support system 10 schedules the work in the store 9 by generating and outputting the work schedule information indicating the correspondence relationship between the task (first task) and the instruction timing of the task.
- the store support system 10 at least task information and store information are used when generating work schedule information.
- the store support system 10 it is possible to issue a more appropriate work instruction as compared with the configuration in which the work schedule information is generated without considering the situation of the store 9.
- the store support system 10 compared to the case where a manager such as a store manager gives a work instruction, the work is stable and reliable because it is not affected by the variation in the experience value of the manager. It is possible to give high instructions.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment is, as an example, a method used in the store support system 10 described above and causing the worker terminal 3 to display the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4).
- the work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work.
- the “screen” such as the work instruction screen D1 referred to in the present disclosure is an image (including text, graph, icon, etc.) projected on the display unit 32 (see FIG. 4) of the worker terminal 3 or the like. That is, according to the screen display method according to the present embodiment, the work instruction screen D1 for instructing the worker 91 to work is displayed on the worker terminal 3. Therefore, the worker 91 can confirm the work instruction by looking at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment is used on the graphical user interface (GUI: Graphical User Interface) of the computer system. That is, the screen display method is a method of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 having a computer system as a main component.
- GUI Graphical User Interface
- the acquisition process is a process of acquiring acquisition information.
- the acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task.
- the display process is a process of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 based on the acquisition information acquired in the acquisition process.
- the work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work.
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a first area R1 (see FIG. 4) and a second area R2 (see FIG. 4).
- the first area R1 is an area for displaying the first object I1 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information.
- the second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the second task.
- the second task is a task of the worker 91 and is a task different from the first task.
- the first task included in the work schedule information and the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task can be listed on the work instruction screen D1. It can be displayed as a shape. Therefore, for example, even for work such as cash register correspondence that is not included in the work schedule information, that is, is not associated with the instruction timing, by setting this as the second task, the work instruction screen D1 is displayed together with the first task. Can be instructed to the worker 91. Therefore, the worker 91 can easily recognize the second task not included in the work schedule information as the work to be performed by himself / herself in parallel with the first task included in the work schedule information. As a result, in the screen display method, it becomes easier for the worker 91 to execute both the work included in the work schedule information and the work not included in the work schedule information, and it is possible to give more appropriate work instructions. Is.
- the store support system 10 includes an instruction unit 24 (see FIG. 2), a detection unit 27 (see FIG. 2), and a performance output unit 18 (see FIG. 2).
- the instruction unit 24 instructs each of the plurality of workers 91 to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task with respect to a plurality of tasks performed by the plurality of workers 91 in the store 9. ..
- the periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 instructed by the instruction unit 24 of the plurality of workers 91.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information indicating the task execution status of each worker 91 and outputs the performance information.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the target worker 91 whose execution of a certain task is detected by the detection unit 27 is the worker 91 instructed by the instruction unit 24 among the plurality of workers 91, that is, the instruction unit 94.
- the operator 91 is instructed to perform this task.
- examples of the mode of outputting the actual information by the actual result output unit 18 include transmission to an information terminal, display, audio output, recording (writing) and printing (printout) on a non-temporary recording medium.
- the performance output unit 18 records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 by outputting the performance information to the log recording unit 15 (see FIG. 2).
- the store support system 10 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is instructed by the detection unit 27, and based on the detection result, the execution of the task by each worker 91. It is possible to automatically generate and output performance information representing the situation. Therefore, when the task is started or completed, the work record can be left without the worker 91 recording the record information. As a result, there is an advantage that work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to the fact that work results are left.
- the shop support system 10 will be described in detail below.
- a convenience store will be described as an example of the store 9 to which the store support system 10 is introduced. That is, the worker 91 who is the execution subject of the work (task) managed by the store support system 10 is a clerk of a convenience store (including a part-time job and a part-timer).
- the server device 1 can be connected to the management devices 2 and the like installed in the plurality of stores 9 via the network 4, whereby the store support system 10 can support the plurality of stores 9. Can be.
- the target of support by the store support system 10 is one store 9 will be described.
- the store support system 10 includes a server device 1, a management device 2 installed in the store 9, and a worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91, as described above. I have. Further, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates a store computer 6, a plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, an administrator terminal 8, and a detection unit 27. The detection unit 28 is further provided. However, at least a part of the store computer 6, the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, and the administrator terminal 8 may not be included in the constituent elements of the store support system 10. In the present disclosure, when the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C are not particularly distinguished, each of the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C may be referred to as “sensor 7”.
- the server device 1 is mainly composed of a computer system having one or more processors and memories.
- the server device 1 is connected to a network 4 such as the Internet, for example.
- the server device 1 is installed, for example, in a service company that provides the store support system 10, an operating company of the store 9, or the like.
- the server device 1 preferably uses a Paas (Platform as a Service) environment and is a public cloud environment without management of the OS, runtime, and middleware.
- Paas Platinum as a Service
- the server device 1 includes a first communication unit 11, an acquisition unit 12, a schedule generation unit 13, an output unit 14, a log recording unit 15, a task generation unit 16, an allocation unit 17, and an actual output unit 18.
- the server device 1 at least the acquisition unit 12, the schedule generation unit 13, the output unit 14, the task generation unit 16, the allocation unit 17, and the actual output unit 18 are executed by one or more processors executing the program recorded in the memory.
- the program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
- the first communication unit 11 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like.
- the first communication unit 11 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like via the network 4.
- the acquisition unit 12 is connected to the first communication unit 11, and acquires various information (data) from, for example, the management device 2 or the like via the first communication unit 11.
- the acquisition unit 12 acquires, from the management device 2 and the like, task information and store information that are information related to the situation of the store 9 and that are used to generate work schedule information.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on at least the task information and the store information acquired by the acquisition unit 12.
- the work schedule information is information indicating the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing, for at least the plurality of tasks.
- the output unit 14 outputs the work schedule information generated by the schedule generation unit 13. In the present embodiment, the output unit 14 outputs the work schedule information by causing the first communication unit 11 to transmit the work schedule information to the management device 2.
- the log recording unit 15 is a non-transitory recording medium that stores performance information.
- the “actual result information” referred to in the present disclosure is information indicating the execution status of a task by each worker 91.
- the achievement information is a log regarding the completed task, and includes, for example, the task name, the time when the task is completed, and the information of the worker 91 who executed the task.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information indicating the task execution status of each worker 91 and outputs the performance information.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the performance output unit 18 records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 by outputting the performance information to the log recording unit 15. That is, the performance output unit 18 outputs the performance information by recording (writing) the performance information in the log recording unit 15.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the completion notification received by the first communication unit 11 from the worker terminal 3, and outputs the performance information (recorded in the log recording unit 15). To do.
- the completion notification is indirectly transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2, but the completion notification is directly transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1. May be transmitted.
- the performance output unit 18 As a second mode, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 described later and outputs the performance information.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 of the plurality of workers 91 assigned by the assigning unit 17. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91, the performance output unit 18 automatically generates the performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 and generates the performance information. Can be output.
- the actual result output unit 18 may generate the actual result information at least based on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- Information other than the detection result of the detection unit 27 may be added as described below.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the work schedule information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the work schedule information (correspondence between the task and the instruction timing) is used.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the worker information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the "worker information" referred to in the present disclosure is information regarding a plurality of workers 91.
- the worker information includes, for example, the name and skill of the worker 91. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the worker information (skill of the worker 91, etc.) is used.
- the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the work status of each of the plurality of workers 91 in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the “work status” in the present disclosure is information on the current task execution status of each worker 91.
- the work status includes, for example, whether or not each worker 91 is executing some task. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the work status of each worker 91 (whether or not some task is being executed, etc.) is used. Become.
- the actual result output unit 18 adds the work schedule information and the work in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. Person information and the work status of each worker 91 are also used to generate performance information.
- the task generation unit 16 generates task information regarding irregular tasks (hereinafter, also referred to as “irregular task information”).
- irregular task information include semi-regular tasks that can occur on a regular basis, such as replenishing hot water in an electric kettle, replacing garbage bags, taking out products and replenishing consumables, and cash register support.
- second tasks other than semi-regular tasks such as fast food support.
- the assigning unit 17 assigns a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91 based on the worker information.
- the details will be described in the column of "(2.2.3) Allocation unit", but the allocation unit 17 notifies each of the plurality of workers 91 of the plurality of tasks, and notifies each of the plurality of workers 91.
- the task is assigned to the worker 91 who has accepted the.
- “Acceptance” as used in the present disclosure means accepting, and the worker 91 expresses his / her intention to undertake this task by accepting the notification of the task. That is, the worker 91 who has received the notification of the task selects whether or not to accept the task, accepts the notification when accepting the task, and rejects the notification when not accepting the task.
- the management device 2 is installed in the store 9.
- the management device 2 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories.
- the management device 2 is connected to the network 4 via a router 5 installed in the store 9.
- the management device 2 has a second communication unit 21, a processing unit 22, an interface 23, an instruction unit 24, and a storage unit 25.
- the processors functions as at least the processing unit 22 and the instruction unit 24 by executing the program recorded in the memory.
- the program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
- the second communication unit 21 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the server device 1, the worker terminal 3, and the like.
- the second communication unit 21 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the server device 1 via the network 4.
- the second communication unit 21 communicates with the worker terminal 3 by wireless communication using radio waves such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium.
- the processing unit 22 is connected to the second communication unit 21, and exchanges various information (data) with, for example, the server device 1 and the like via the second communication unit 21. Further, the processing unit 22 is connected to the monitor 26 and controls the monitor 26 so that various information is displayed on the monitor 26.
- the interface 23 is connected to the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28, and acquires the detection result of each sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28.
- the connection (communication) system between the interface 23 and the sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28 may be a wired system or a wireless system.
- three sensors 7A, 7B, 7C are connected to the interface 23.
- the number of sensors 7 connected to the interface 23 is not limited to three, and may be one, two, or four or more.
- the detection unit 27 and the generation detection unit 28 are connected to the interface 23 one by one, the number of each of the detection unit 27 and the generation detection unit 28 connected to the interface 23 is not limited to one. There may be two or more.
- the instruction unit 24 instructs each worker 91 at least one of a regular task and an irregular task that occurs irregularly for a plurality of tasks.
- the periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing.
- the instruction unit 24 generates and outputs a work instruction, and instructs each worker 91 a task by the work instruction.
- the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1.
- the work instruction generated according to the work schedule information is a work instruction of the first task corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task.
- the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work instruction received from the server device 1.
- the work instruction generated in accordance with the work instruction is the work instruction of the second task that is a task other than the semi-regular task of the irregular tasks. Therefore, the instruction unit 24 generates work instructions for instructing the execution of both the first task and the second task.
- the instruction unit 24 outputs the work instruction by transmitting the generated work instruction from the second communication unit 21 to the worker terminal 3.
- the “work instruction” in the present disclosure is data for instructing the worker 91 to execute a task, and includes at least information for specifying the task.
- the storage unit 25 is a non-temporary recording medium.
- the storage unit 25 stores the work schedule information received from the server device 1 and the detection results obtained by the interface 23 from the sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28.
- the worker terminal 3 is carried by the worker 91 (clerk) of the store 9.
- the worker terminal 3 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories.
- the worker terminal 3 is connected to the network 4 via the router 5.
- the store support system 10 includes three worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C carried by three workers 91A, 91B, 91C, respectively.
- the number of worker terminals 3 included in the store support system 10 is not limited to three, and may be one, two, or four or more. Since the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C have the same configuration, in FIG. 2, the configuration is shown only for the worker terminal 3A, and the configuration is omitted for the worker terminals 3B, 3C.
- the worker terminal 3 is attached to the arm of the worker 91.
- the worker terminal 3 is attached to the left arm of the worker 91 so that the worker terminal 3 can be visually recognized when the worker 91 is viewed from the right side. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, the worker terminal 3 is attached to the left arm of the worker 91 on the second arm between the shoulder and the elbow.
- the worker terminal 3 is attached such that the long side of the display unit 32, which will be described later, is along a straight line connecting the shoulder and the elbow. That is, the long side of the display unit 32 is along the longitudinal direction of the upper arm portion.
- the worker 91 operates the worker terminal 3 with his right hand while looking at the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the worker terminal 3. It is possible to do.
- the worker terminal 3 is connected to an acoustic device such as an earphone or a hearable device that converts an electric signal into an acoustic signal and outputs the acoustic signal.
- the acoustic device is attached, for example, to at least one ear of the worker 91.
- the worker terminal 3 communicates with the acoustic device, for example, by wireless communication using radio waves such as Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium.
- radio waves such as Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium.
- the worker terminal 3 can realize, by sound (including voice), the worker according to the work instruction or the notification such as the time signal.
- the worker terminal 3 has a third communication unit 31, a display unit 32, an operation unit 33, and a control unit 34, as shown in FIG.
- the worker terminal 3 at least one of the processors functions as at least the control unit 34 by executing the program recorded in the memory.
- the program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
- the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone. This worker terminal 3 functions as the worker terminal 3 by installing a dedicated application software (program) and activating this application software.
- the third communication unit 31 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the server device 1, the management device 2, and the like.
- the third communication unit 31 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the server device 1 via the network 4.
- the third communication unit 31 communicates with the management device 2 by wireless communication using radio waves such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium.
- the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone, for example, when there is an incoming call such as receiving a work instruction from the management device 2, for example, a ring tone, a light emitting function, or a vibration function is used. , Performs an incoming call notification to notify the operator 91 of an incoming call.
- the incoming call notification by the ring tone can be realized by the acoustic device.
- the display unit 32 includes, for example, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display).
- the display unit 32 functions as a browser that displays at least the data distributed (transmitted) as content from the management device 2 as an image.
- the operation unit 33 receives the operation of the worker 91 and outputs a signal according to the operation of the worker 91.
- the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone, so the operation unit 33 is integrated with the display unit 32 to form a touch panel display.
- the worker terminal 3 has a button or the like when an operation (tap, swipe, drag, etc.) of an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32 is detected by the operation unit 33.
- Judge that the object of is manipulated. That is, the display unit 32 and the operation unit 33 function as a user interface that receives an operation input from the worker 91 in addition to various displays.
- the user interface of the worker terminal 3 is not limited to the display unit 32 and the operation unit 33, and may be realized by, for example, the voice input function and the voice output function of the worker terminal 3.
- the worker 91 can operate the worker terminal 3 by voice input, and can receive the presentation of information from the worker terminal 3 by voice output.
- Input and output of voice in the voice input function and the voice output function may be realized by an acoustic device.
- the control unit 34 controls the third communication unit 31, the display unit 32, and the operation unit 33.
- the control unit 34 controls the display unit 32 so that a work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) described later is displayed at least when the work instruction is received from the management device 2.
- the worker 91 carrying the worker terminal 3 can confirm the work instruction by looking at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the display unit 32 of the worker terminal 3.
- the control unit 34 may display the work instruction screen D1 immediately upon receiving the work instruction, or may perform only push notification and perform a specific operation (operation of a specific object) by the operator 91.
- the work instruction screen D1 may be displayed for the first time.
- the screen display method according to this embodiment is used on a graphical user interface (GUI) of a computer system (here, the worker terminal 3). That is, in the worker terminal 3 whose main configuration is a computer system, one or more processors (control units 34) execute the screen display method according to the present embodiment on the graphical user interface, and instruct the display unit 32 to work. The screen D1 is displayed. Further, in the worker terminal 3, on the graphical user interface, one or more processors (control units) accept the operation of the worker 91 on the work instruction screen D1. Details of the screen display method will be described in the column of "(3) Screen display method".
- GUI graphical user interface
- the control unit 34 of the worker terminal 3 includes an information acquisition unit 341 and a display processing unit 342 that exert a function for executing the screen display method described above. .. That is, the worker terminal 3 includes the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342 in the control unit 34.
- the control unit 34 including the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342 exerts a function for executing the screen display method, and constructs the screen display system 100.
- the screen display system 100 includes the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342.
- the information acquisition unit 341 acquires acquisition information regarding work schedule information representing a correspondence relationship between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task.
- the display processing unit 342 causes the worker terminal 3 to display a work instruction screen D1 for instructing the worker 91 to perform work, based on the acquired information.
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 (see FIG. 4) and a second region R2 (see FIG. 4).
- the first area R1 is an area for displaying the first object I1 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information.
- the second region R2 is a region for displaying the second object I2 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task.
- the store computer 6 is installed in the store 9.
- the store computer 6 is a POS system and holds sales information indicating sales at the store 9 and inventory information indicating the number of products in stock at the store 9.
- the "sales information" referred to in this disclosure is information such as the sales time (date and time) of the product, the number of sales and the unit price, and the sales information for various periods such as sales on the day, sales on the day, and sales in the same month of the previous year. including.
- the sensor 7 is installed in the store 9.
- “sensor 7” includes a camera equipped with an image sensor.
- the sensor 7A is a camera
- the sensor 7B is a hot water sensor incorporated in the electric pot 71
- the sensor 7C is an optical sensor incorporated in the trash 72. Is.
- the sensor 7A images a predetermined area in the store 9, and outputs the image data as a detection result to the interface 23.
- the sensor 7B detects the amount of hot water in the electric pot 71
- the sensor 7C detects the amount of dust in the dustbin 72.
- the detection unit 27 is installed in the store 9.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 of the plurality of workers 91 assigned by the assigning unit 17. Basically, the detection unit 27 detects the execution of a task by the worker 91 without depending on the operation of a person (worker 91, administrator, etc.). That is, even if the worker 91 does not operate the worker terminal 3 or the like to notify that the task has been executed, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker.
- the detection unit 27 is realized by a receiver that receives a wireless signal.
- the receiver receives a wireless signal from a transmitter 911 (see FIG. 8A) that outputs (transmits) a wireless signal, such as a beacon or an electronic tag carried by each worker 91.
- the transmitter 911 outputs a radio signal periodically, irregularly, or in response to a request from the receiver.
- the wireless signal output by the transmitter 911 includes information (for example, worker information) for identifying each worker 91 carrying the transmitter 911.
- this type of receiver receives a radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91 and acquires information for identifying the worker 91. To do.
- the detection unit 27 composed of such a receiver sets a receivable area at a place where the worker 91 executes a specific task (hereinafter, also referred to as a “work area”) in the store 9.
- a specific task hereinafter, also referred to as a “work area”.
- the occurrence detection unit 28 detects the occurrence of the second task. That is, the occurrence detection unit 28 detects the occurrence of the second task that is a task different from the first task that is the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information.
- the work related to the second task includes at least one of work related to accounting, work related to cooking, and work related to customer service.
- accounting-related work include cash register support and fast food sales.
- work related to cooking include fast food support (cooking).
- An example of work related to customer service is age confirmation.
- the occurrence detection unit 28 is realized by a motion sensor.
- the generation detection unit 28 composed of a motion sensor sets a human detection area in the store 9, for example, at a place where the customer 92 receives a response from the worker 91 (hereinafter, also referred to as a “response area”).
- the customer 92 enters the reception area in order to receive the reception from the worker 91
- the customer 92 enters the person detection area
- the generation detection unit 28 detects the customer 92.
- the occurrence detection unit 28 can detect the occurrence of work (second task) caused by the customer 92, such as cashier support.
- the second task is assigned to one of a plurality of workers 91 by the allocation unit 17, and the second task is assigned to a plurality of workers by the instruction unit 24. Instructed by one of the workers 91.
- the instruction unit 24 instructs the second task to any of the plurality of workers 91 based on the detection result of the occurrence detection unit 28.
- the instruction unit 24 sends the worker 91 not only to the first task whose instruction timing is specified in the work schedule information but also to the second task whose instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information. Can be instructed.
- the manager terminal 8 is carried by, for example, the manager (owner, store manager, etc.) of the store 9.
- the administrator terminal 8 is a general-purpose smartphone.
- one or more processors execute the program recorded in the memory to function as at least the administrator terminal 8.
- the program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
- the data server 40 is connected to the network 4.
- the data server 40 distributes information such as the weather around the store 9 (including forecasts) and the presence or absence of events (sports games, concerts, etc.) held around the store 9 as peripheral information.
- the peripheral information distributed from the data server 40 is supplied to the server device 1 (acquisition unit 12) as store information regarding the situation of the store 9.
- the work schedule information is generated by the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 (S1). Details of the process related to the generation of work schedule information will be described in the section “(2.2.2) Generation of work schedule information”.
- the generated work schedule information is output by the output unit 14 of the server device 1, and is transmitted from the server device 1 (first communication unit 11) to the management device 2.
- the management device 2 stores the received work schedule information in the storage unit 25.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information about a plurality of tasks that are works of a plurality of workers 91 in the store 9. In other words, the schedule generation unit 13 generates one work schedule that comprehensively manages the tasks of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C.
- the store support system 10 causes the instruction unit 24 of the management device 2 to generate and transmit a work instruction according to the work schedule information (S2).
- the instruction unit 24 transmits a work instruction instructing the execution of the task corresponding to the instruction timing.
- the work instruction is transmitted by wireless communication from the second communication unit 21 of the management device 2 to the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C registered in the management device 2.
- the management device 2 simultaneously (simultaneously) transmits work instructions to a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C by multicast.
- the instruction unit 24 is not limited to the configuration in which the work instruction is transmitted at the instruction timing specified in the work schedule information, and at a time before the instruction timing, the instruction unit 24 transmits the work instruction including the information indicating the instruction timing to perform the work.
- the person 91 may be instructed to perform a task by a reservation method.
- each worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction (S3).
- the worker terminal 3 that has received the work instruction notifies the incoming call by, for example, a ring tone, a light emitting function, or a vibration function, and displays the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) on the display unit 32.
- the store support system 10 determines whether or not the work instruction has been accepted by any of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, and 91C by the management device 2 (S4). When the work instruction is not accepted (S4: No), the store support system 10 returns to the process S1 and the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 generates (updates) the work schedule information.
- the store support system 10 causes the management device 2 to determine whether or not the task instructed to be executed by the work instruction is completed. (S5).
- the store support system 10 returns to the process S1 and the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 generates (updates) the work schedule information.
- the shop support system 10 generates the performance information in the performance output unit 18 of the server device 1 and records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 (S6).
- the actual information is recorded in the log recording unit 15 of the server device 1 based on the completion notification transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2 when the task is completed.
- the actual information recorded in the server device 1 can be appropriately browsed by, for example, the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2.
- Table 1 below shows an example of work schedule information.
- the work schedule information includes the work instruction time, priority, task name, status, and charge.
- the “work instruction time” is the work instruction transmission time and corresponds to the instruction timing.
- the “priority” is a frequency (for example, three levels of high, medium, and low) indicating the degree to which the task should be prioritized.
- the “task name” is a name given to each type of task.
- Status is the progress status of the task (for example, three stages of completed, accepted, and unsupported), and "charge” is a name for identifying the worker 91 who has executed or is executing the task.
- the actual information includes work instruction time, priority, task name, status, standard time, charge, reception time, completion time, required time, work report and previous work history, and is logged for each task. It is recorded in part 15.
- the “standard time” is a standard time required to execute the task, and corresponds to standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task.
- “Reception time” is the time when the task was accepted
- “Completion time” is the time when the task was completed (time when the completion notification was sent)
- “Time required” is the time required to execute the task
- Work report is the task
- the "previous work history" such as the file name of the data indicating execution, is the information at the time of the previous execution of the task.
- the store support system 10 issues a work instruction to the worker 91 at any time by repeatedly executing the processes S1 to S6 described above.
- the worker terminal 3 displays the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG.
- the work instruction screen D1 is a horizontally long screen in which the horizontal dimension (horizontal direction) is larger than the vertical dimension (vertical direction), as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 4 shows a specific example of the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the display unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the area are shown only for explanation, and in reality, these are shown. The alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32.
- the long side of the work instruction screen D1 (the long side of the display unit 32) should be along a straight line connecting the shoulder and the elbow of the worker 91. become.
- the left side of the work instruction screen D1 is the “shoulder” side, as indicated by the arrow in FIG.
- the right side of the work instruction screen D1 is the “elbow” side. Since the worker 91 operates the worker terminal 3 with his / her right hand, the closer to the right end portion (the end portion on the elbow side) of the work instruction screen D1, the easier the operation becomes.
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a first area R1 and a second area R2.
- the first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information.
- the second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2, which is the work of the worker 91 and corresponds to the second task different from the first task.
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a menu display area R3 and a time display area R4.
- the worker 91 is for accepting the work instruction (S4 in FIG. 3), reporting the completion of the task (S5 in FIG. 3), and the like on the screen (work instruction screen D1 and the like) displayed on the worker terminal 3. Do the operation.
- the display of the screen displayed on the worker terminal 3 is realized by the screen display method used on the graphical user interface (GUI) of the computer system (here, the worker terminal 3). Therefore, the screen displayed on the worker terminal 3 and the operation of the worker 91 on the screen will be described in detail in the section “(3) Screen display method”.
- GUI graphical user interface
- the server device 1 may transmit the work schedule information or the work instruction to the worker terminal 3 without going through the management device 2.
- the completion notification is transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this example.
- the worker terminal 3 may send a completion notification to the server device 1 without going through the management device 2.
- the store support system 10 since the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment includes a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C, acceptance of work instructions is duplicated at the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C.
- the following configuration is adopted in order to prevent the following.
- the management device 2 simultaneously transmits work instructions to the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C by the instruction unit 24.
- the worker terminal 3 transmits an acceptance notification to the management device 2 or the server device 1.
- the first terminal which is one of the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C, sends an acceptance notification to the management device 2 or the server device 1, the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, The notification signal is transmitted to the second terminal, which is the worker terminal 3 different from the first terminal in 3C.
- the worker terminal 3A when one worker terminal 3A among the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C sends an acceptance notification to the management device 2, the worker terminal 3A becomes the first terminal, and the worker terminal 3A Each of 3B and 3C serves as a second terminal.
- the notification signal when the worker terminal 3A, which is the first terminal, transmits the acceptance notification, the notification signal is transmitted to the worker terminals 3B, 3C, which are the second terminals.
- the notification signal is transmitted to the second terminal (worker terminals 3B and 3C in the above example) from the management device 2 or the server device 1 that has received the acceptance notification from the first terminal (worker terminal 3A in the above example), for example.
- the notification signal may include information for identifying the first terminal, that is, information indicating that the transmission source (first terminal) of the acceptance notification is the worker terminal 3A in the above example.
- the worker terminal 3 may end the display of the work instruction screen D1 on the display unit 32. That is, when the work instruction is accepted by one worker terminal 3 (first terminal) among the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C, the notification signal is received by the other worker terminals 3 (second terminal). In response to this, the display of the work instruction screen D1 may be automatically terminated.
- FIG. 5 conceptually shows the process related to the generation of work schedule information in the schedule generation unit 13 in this embodiment. That is, in the present embodiment, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on master data, worker information, irregular task information, sales information, visitor forecast data, and sales forecast data.
- the “master data” referred to in the present disclosure is data used to generate work schedule information, and includes at least reference timing information serving as a reference for instruction timing.
- the master data is data corresponding to the default work schedule information, and the work schedule information is generated by customizing the master data.
- the master data further includes standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task.
- the "visitor prediction data” referred to in the present disclosure includes the detection results of various sensors 7 installed in the store 9, the reservation status, the weather around the store 9, the presence / absence and time of events held around the store 9. This is data of the number of customers in the future, which is estimated (predicted) from the obi belt, past visitor record data, and the like.
- the "sales forecast data” referred to in the present disclosure includes the detection results and reservation status of various sensors 7 installed in the store 9, the weather around the store 9, the presence or absence of events held around the store 9, and the time zone. It is data of future sales estimated (predicted) from past sales performance data and the like. Further, for the estimation of the visitor forecast data and the sales forecast data, for example, information on the campaign carried out at the store 9, and the advertising status including the distribution status of the leaflet and the distribution status of the advertisement may be used.
- the worker information, the sales information, the visitor forecast data, and the sales forecast data correspond to store information regarding the situation of the store 9.
- the store information includes worker information, sales information, visitor forecast data, and sales forecast data.
- the master data includes task information in addition to the reference timing information, and corresponds to task information.
- the task information includes master data and irregular task information.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on the task information regarding the task and the store information regarding the situation of the store 9.
- the master data can be appropriately created or edited in the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2 or the like.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on sales at the store 9. That is, the schedule generation unit 13 is based on the task information and the store information so that the task is executed at an effective timing when the priority is given to improving the sales of the store 9 rather than surely executing the task.
- the schedule generation unit 13 instructs the schedule generation unit 13 to instruct the task. Change the timing.
- the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates work schedule information based on the task information regarding the task and the store information regarding the situation of the store 9, so that the appropriate work according to the situation of the store 9 is performed. It is possible to give instructions.
- Table 3 below shows an example of master data.
- the master data includes the task name, standard time, scheduled start time, forward limit time, backward limit time, priority, required skill level, forward possible flag, backward possible flag, postponement flag, and interruption. Includes possible flag, distance from cash register, work cycle and work classification.
- the "standard time” corresponds to the standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task.
- the “scheduled start time” is the scheduled time to start the task, and corresponds to the reference timing information that is the reference (default value) of the instruction timing.
- the “advanced time limit” is the time limit for advancing the task
- the “advanced time limit time” is the time limit for advancing the task within the work cycle.
- the "required skill level” is the skill level of the worker 91 required to execute the task
- the "advanceable flag” is a flag indicating whether or not the task can be advanced
- the "advanceable flag” is the task within the work cycle. This is a flag that indicates whether or not it is possible to postpone.
- the "skill level” referred to in the present disclosure is an index showing work skills according to the experience value of the worker 91, and is represented stepwise by, for example, a beginner, a regular, a leader, or the like.
- the "postponeable flag” is a flag indicating whether the instruction timing of the task can be postponed beyond the work cycle, for example, on the next day, and the "interruptible flag” is a flag indicating whether the task can be interrupted.
- the "distance from the cash register” is data representing the distance from the cash register (cash register counter) recommended to the worker 91 who executes the task, and is “inside the cash register” and “cash register” in order from the cash register (cash register counter). It becomes “near” and "cash register far”.
- the "work cycle” is a cycle of repetition for a regular task, and the "work classification” is a type of task, which is classified into one of Q (Quality), S (Service), and C (Cleanliness).
- Table 4 below shows an example of worker information.
- the worker information includes the clerk name, years of service, skill level, work shift information, and work performance evaluation.
- the "clerk name” is a name for identifying the worker 91
- the "years of service” is the number of years of service at the store 9 for each worker 91.
- "Work shift information” is a work timetable for each worker 91.
- the "work performance evaluation” is an evaluation value (for example, three-stage evaluation of A, B, and C ranks) for the task executed by the worker 91.
- "work shift information” is appropriately input in any of the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, or the manager terminal 8 according to the operation from the worker 91 or the manager, for example. To be done.
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a process related to generation of work schedule information. That is, as shown in FIG. 6, the schedule generation unit 13 reads the master data, the irregular task information, the sales information, the sales forecast data, the visitor forecast data, and the worker information in order (S11 to S16).
- the master data, the sales information, the sales forecast data, the visitor forecast data, and the worker information are acquired from the management device 2 or the store computer 6 by the acquisition unit 12.
- the irregular task information is generated by the task generator 16.
- the server device 1 When generating the irregular task information, the server device 1 first acquires the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7 from the management device 2 in the acquisition unit 12, and further acquires the sales information and the visitor prediction data in the acquisition unit 12.
- the task generation unit 16 sets this action as a task, gives priority to this task, and generates irregular task information. As a result, irregular task information, which is task information regarding irregular tasks, is automatically generated.
- the schedule generation unit 13 is based on the store information (worker information, sales information, visitor forecast data and sales forecast data) and task information (master data and irregular task information) read in the processes S11 to S16. , Predict the magnitude of the workload during the target period (S17).
- the “work load” in the present disclosure means the work force of the worker 91, that is, the human resource, required to execute the task.
- the work load is in the unit of man hour (MH: man-hour), which is the work force of one worker 91 per hour. For example, if a single worker 91 is a task that requires 30 minutes to work, the work load of this task is “0.5”.
- the "target period” referred to in the present disclosure is a period for which work schedule information is generated, and is "8: 00-9: 00", “9: 00-10: 00", and “10: 00-11".
- each time zone is the target period.
- the schedule generation unit 13 performs a work timing determination process for determining the task instruction timing based on the store information and the task information (S18). That is, in the work timing determination process, the correspondence between the task and the instruction timing is determined. In the work timing determination process, the task instruction timing is determined using the work load in the target period obtained in step S17.
- the schedule generation unit 13 After that, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information indicating the correspondence between the task and the instruction timing (S19).
- the “generation of work schedule information” referred to in the present disclosure includes a process of updating (changing) an existing work schedule. As a result, the schedule generation unit 13 uses the magnitude of the work load in the target period obtained from the store information to generate the work schedule information.
- the schedule generation unit 13 uses the priority of each of the plurality of tasks to generate the work schedule information.
- the priority is assigned to each task and is changed according to the store information. That is, the priority is not a fixed value, but is appropriately changed according to store information (worker information, sales information, visitor prediction data, and sales prediction data).
- the change of the priority is executed, for example, as a preprocess of the work timing determination process (S18).
- Table 5 below shows an example of priority changing conditions.
- the priority change condition includes four items of "work time constraint", “sales effect”, “effect on customer impression”, and "size relationship between work cycle and elapsed time”. ..
- the "working time constraint” is a condition for changing the priority depending on whether or not the instruction timing of the task is variable, that is, whether or not the task described later can be moved forward or backward.
- the “work time constraint” the smaller the variation range of the instruction timing (the variation range is the minimum when the instruction timing is fixed), the higher the priority is.
- the “sales impact” is a condition for changing the priority according to the magnitude of the impact on the sales of the store 9. Regarding “sales impact”, the higher the impact on sales, the higher the priority.
- “Influence on customer impression” is a condition for changing the priority depending on the magnitude of the influence on the customer 92. As for the “impact on customer impression”, the higher the influence on the customer impression, the higher the priority.
- the "magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time” is a condition for changing the priority of the periodic task according to the magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time from the completion of the previous work. Regarding the "magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time", the priority is high when the work cycle is smaller (shorter) than the elapsed time, and the priority is lower when the work cycle is larger (longer) than the elapsed time.
- the priority of the product delivery work will be high.
- the priority of this fast food supplement (prepared stock) work becomes low.
- the priority of the eat-in space cleaning work which has a large influence on the customer impression, is high.
- the store support system 10 can issue a proper work instruction according to the situation of the store 9.
- the allocation section 17 allocates a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91. In short, in the present embodiment, it is determined in the work schedule information which worker 91 is to execute each of the plurality of tasks.
- the instruction unit 24 transmits the generated work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1 only to the worker terminal 3 of the worker 91 to which the task is assigned.
- the store support system 10 outputs a work instruction in the form of designating (designating) a worker 91 who executes the task.
- the schedule generation unit 13 generates one work schedule information shared by a plurality of workers 91. That is, in one work schedule information, each of the plurality of tasks is assigned to any of the plurality of workers 91.
- the worker 91 is near the customer 92 (that is, the checkout counter 94).
- the allocation unit 17 preferentially allocates the work performed in the registration counter 94 to the worker 91 close to the registration counter 94 among the plurality of workers 91.
- the server device 1 sequentially reads the master data and the worker information (S21, S22).
- the master data and the worker information are acquired by the acquisition unit 12 from the management device 2 or the store computer 6.
- the server device 1 determines the presence or absence of the target person in the allocation unit 17 based on the master data and the worker information read in the processes S21 and S22 (S23).
- the allocation unit 17 compares the required skill level included in the master data with the skill level included in the worker information, and determines that there is a target person when the skill level is equal to or higher than the required skill level. To do.
- the server device 1 When the allocation unit 17 determines that there is no target person (S23: No), the server device 1 returns to the process S21. On the other hand, when the allocation unit 17 determines that there is a target person (S23: Yes), the server device 1 acquires the clerk position information (S24).
- the "clerk position information" referred to in the present disclosure is information representing the position of the worker 91 in the store 9, and is monitored by the management device 2 using, for example, the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7. It is acquired from the management device 2 by the acquisition unit 12.
- the server device 1 determines the presence or absence of the target person in the allocation unit 17 based on the clerk position information acquired in the process S24 (S25).
- the allocation unit 17 compares the "distance from the cash register" included in the master data with the clerk position information, and the condition that the position of any worker 91 is defined by the "distance from the cash register". If the condition is satisfied, it is determined that there is a target person.
- the "distance from the cashier" is set to "inside the cashier", so that the position of the worker 91 is near the cashier. In some cases, the condition defined by the "distance from the cash register" is satisfied.
- the server device 1 When the allocation unit 17 determines that there is no target person (S25: No), the server device 1 returns to the process S21. On the other hand, when the assigning unit 17 determines that there is a target person (S25: Yes), the server device 1 transmits a work instruction to the target person (optimum person) (S26). At this time, if there are a plurality of workers 91 corresponding to the optimum person, the server device 1 may transmit work instructions to the plurality of workers 91 all at once.
- the schedule generation unit 13 may generate the work schedule information for each worker 91 without being limited to the example described above. In this case, the schedule generation unit 13 generates a plurality of work schedule information corresponding to the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C on a one-to-one basis.
- the allocation unit 17 may allocate a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91 only by the skill level of the worker 91.
- each task is not necessarily assigned to one worker 91.
- they are assigned to these multiple workers 91. become.
- the detection unit 27 sets a receivable area in the place (work area) where the worker 91 executes a specific task in the store 9, and the worker 91. Upon entering the receivable area, the operator 91 receives a radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91. As a result, the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91.
- the work corresponding to the cash register As shown in FIG. 8A, it is inside the cash register counter 94 (on the opposite side of the sales floor) and within a certain distance (for example, several tens of cm) from the cash register 93.
- the work area A1 is set in.
- the detection unit 27 receives the radio signal. Accordingly, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution by the worker 91 of the task of handling the cash register.
- the reception area A2 is set on the outside of the cash register counter 94 (on the sales floor side) and within a certain distance (for example, several tens of cm) from the cash register 93.
- a certain distance for example, several tens of cm
- the occurrence detection unit 28 may adopt the following processing so that when a person (worker 91 or customer 92) passes through the reception area A2, the occurrence of work is not erroneously detected. preferable. For example, the occurrence detection unit 28 determines that the person (customer 92) stays in the reception area A2 for a certain period of time and the person (customer 92) in the reception area A2 faces the cash register 93. The occurrence of the task of response may be detected.
- the work area A1 is set in the range (walk-in area).
- the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the walk-in supplement task by the worker 91.
- the detection unit 27 detects the start of the task execution by the worker 91 by detecting the wireless signal. Since the wireless signal output by the transmitter 911 includes information for identifying each worker 91 carrying the transmitter 911 (for example, worker information), the detection unit 27 executes the task. It is possible to identify the worker 91 who started the operation. That is, the detection unit 27 can detect which of the plurality of workers 91 is executing the task, in addition to at least starting the execution of the task. In other words, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task and the worker 91 who is the executor in association with each other. Since the task is assigned to any worker 91 by the assigning unit 17, the assignment information, that is, the information indicating which worker 91 is assigned to which task is known.
- the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned. For example, when the task of "cash register support" is assigned to the worker 91A among the workers 91A, 91B, 91C, the detection unit 27 determines that the worker 91A has entered the work area A1 around the cash register 93. The execution of the “cash register correspondence” by the worker 91A is detected. In this case, even if the workers 91B and 91C to which the task of "cash register correspondence" is not assigned enters the work area A1 around the cash register 93, the detection unit 27 does not detect the execution of "cash register correspondence".
- the detection unit 27 that has received the wireless signal from the transmitter 911 may notify the management device 2 or the server device 1 of the detection result, for example, via the worker terminal 3.
- the management device 2 or the server device 1 may associate the task with the worker 91 who is the executor thereof.
- the detection unit 27 further detects completion of at least one task of the plurality of tasks. For example, the detection unit 27 detects the completion of the task by the worker 91 by not being able to detect the radio signal after detecting the radio signal from the transmitter 911. That is, when the worker 91 completes a specific task and exits from the work area A1, the worker 91 exits from the receivable area, and detects the radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91. The unit 27 cannot receive the data. Thereby, the detection unit 27 can detect the completion of the specific task.
- the actual result output unit 18 basically generates actual information indicating the execution status of the task by each worker 91 based on at least the detection result of the detection unit 27, and outputs the actual information (recorded in the log recording unit 15). ). That is, since the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned, the actual result output unit 18 can automatically generate the actual result information based on the detection result. ..
- the detection unit 27 determines that the worker 91A has entered the work area A1 around the cash register 93. Detects the execution of "cash register support” by the worker 91A. In this case, the actual result output unit 18 automatically generates the actual result information indicating that the worker 91A has executed the “cash register correspondence” based on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the detection unit 27 does not detect the execution of "cash register correspondence", so that the actual result is output.
- the unit 18 does not generate the actual information indicating the execution of the “cash register correspondence”. In this way, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91, the actual result output unit 18 automatically generates the actual result information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 and outputs the actual result information. ..
- the detection unit 27 detects both the start and the completion of the task. Therefore, the time required to execute the task (required time) can be included in the performance information.
- the detection unit 27 detects that the worker 91 to which the task is assigned has executed the task
- the detection result of the detection unit 27 is transmitted from the management device 2 to the server device 1.
- the server device 1 generates performance information in the performance output unit 18 based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, and records the performance information in the log recording unit 15.
- the actual information recorded in the server device 1 can be appropriately browsed by, for example, the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2.
- the actual information generated at this time is, for example, the same as the information exemplified in the above “Table 2”.
- the "reception time” in the actual information is the time when the detection unit 27 detects the start of task execution
- the "completion time” is the time when the detection unit 27 detects the completion of the task. ..
- the server device 1 may be provided with a function of collating allocation information (information indicating which worker 91 is assigned to which task) in the detection unit 27.
- the receiver provided in the store 9 indicates at least which of the plurality of workers 91 is executing the task in addition to the start of the execution of the task. It suffices to detect and transmit only the result to the server device 1.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned, and based on the detection result, the task by each worker 91 is performed. Actual information showing the execution status can be automatically generated and output. Therefore, when the task is started or completed, the work record can be left without the worker 91 recording the record information.
- the work schedule information, the worker information, and each work are added to the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the work status of the person 91 is also used to generate performance information.
- the achievement output unit 18 can generate the achievement information in consideration of the correspondence relationship between the task and the instruction timing based on the work schedule information.
- the actual output unit 18 validates the detection result of the detection unit 27 only during the determination period set before and / or after the instruction timing, and invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27 outside the determination period.
- the performance output unit 18 generates the performance information about this task. Output.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 to which the specific task is assigned outside the determination period, the actual result output unit 18 does not generate the actual information about this task.
- the actual information about this task is left only when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned during the determination period set before and / or after the instruction timing. Is possible. In other words, there is a correlation between the task execution and the instruction timing, such as the possibility that the worker 91 is not executing the assigned task outside the determination period. It is possible to improve the reliability of the performance information generated by the output unit 18.
- the result output unit 18 can generate the result information by adding the skills of each worker 91 based on the worker information.
- the performance output unit 18 validates the detection result of the detection unit 27 only for the worker 91 whose skill level corresponds to the required skill level of the task, and the worker 91 whose skill level does not correspond to the required skill level of the task. Invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the performance output unit 18 performs this. Generates and outputs performance information about tasks.
- the performance output unit 18 performs this. Do not generate performance information for a task (specific task).
- the actual information about this task is left only when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned. Is possible. That is, the fact that the worker 91 whose skill level does not reach the required skill level of the task is not executing the assigned task (specific task) is high, and the achievement information generated by the achievement output unit 18 is used. It is possible to improve the reliability of the.
- the actual result output unit 18 is based on the work status of each of the plurality of workers 91, and takes into account the current status of each worker 91 (whether or not another task is being executed, etc.). , Can generate performance information.
- the performance output unit 18 enables the detection result of the detection unit 27 only for the worker 91 (that is, the hand-held worker 91) who is not executing any task, and the worker 91 who is executing another task. Invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the achievement output unit 18 generates the achievement information about this task. Output.
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 who is executing the other task although the specific task is assigned, the actual output unit 18 performs this task (specific). Does not generate performance information about the task).
- the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned to the hand-held worker 91. That is, it is highly possible that the worker 91 is not executing the assigned task (specific task) while another task is being executed, and the reliability of the record information generated by the record output unit 18 is used. It is possible to improve.
- the actual result output unit 18 when the actual result output unit 18 generates the actual result information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27, the work schedule information, the worker information, and each worker 91 It is possible to improve the reliability of the actual information by using the work status of.
- the store support system 10 In addition to the function of issuing work instructions to the worker 91, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment, for example, confirms the age of the customer 92 (see FIG. 1) by the worker 91. It also has the function of age confirmation processing to support it. That is, the store support system 10 has a function of managing the work of the worker 91 in the store 9 and a function of age confirmation processing.
- age confirmation refers to the target person (purchaser, etc.) in the case of selling products whose sale to people under a specific age is restricted by laws and regulations, such as cigarettes and alcoholic beverages. It means that the confirmer (seller, etc.) confirms whether or not the age of the item is older than the specific age.
- the management device 2 transmits to the worker terminal 3 a request signal including image data of an image of the customer 92 whose age is to be confirmed by the sensor 7A (camera).
- the worker terminal 3 uses the image data included in the received request signal to display an age confirmation screen including the image of the customer 92.
- the worker 91 checks the age of the customer 92 by looking at the age confirmation screen displayed on the worker terminal 3.
- the worker terminal 3 transmits a response signal including a result of age confirmation corresponding to the operation to the management device 2.
- the worker 91 is displayed on the age confirmation screen displayed on the worker terminal 3. Then, the age of the customer 92 can be confirmed by looking at the image of the customer 92. Moreover, since the result of the age confirmation performed on the worker terminal 3 side is returned from the worker terminal 3 to the management device 2 which is the transmission source of the request signal, a series of processes for age confirmation is managed. It is started on the device 2 side and completed on the management device 2 side.
- the store support system 10 it is necessary to confirm the age when selling alcoholic beverages, cigarettes, etc. while automating (unmanned) at least a part of the sales process by introducing, for example, a self-checkout. It becomes possible to sell a specific product. Moreover, if the worker 91 carries the worker terminal 3, even if he / she is away from the customer 92, he / she can stay at the place, that is, without moving from the place. You can check your age. Further, the customer 92 does not have to wait for the arrival of the worker 91 (clerk) at a remote place to confirm the age. As a result, according to the store support system 10, it is possible to realize age confirmation while reducing the labor of people (worker 91 and customer 92).
- the management device 2 transmits a work instruction for instructing a task of age confirmation processing to the worker terminal 3 when selling a specific product requiring age confirmation to the customer 92.
- the management device 2 transmits information necessary for the worker 91 to perform the age confirmation process using the worker terminal 3, that is, information such as an image of the customer 92 to the worker terminal 3 together with the work instruction. To do.
- the worker 91 When the worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction for the age confirmation processing as described above, the worker 91 first performs an operation for accepting the work instruction. After that, the worker 91 who has performed the acceptance operation performs the work necessary for the age confirmation processing, such as the confirmation of the image displayed on the worker terminal 3 and the selection operation of success or failure of the age confirmation. The worker terminal 3 of the worker 91 who has accepted the age confirmation process sends a completion notification including the result of the age confirmation to the management device 2.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment is realized on the graphical user interface (GUI) of the computer system.
- GUI graphical user interface
- the screen display method according to this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 9A to 15C.
- 9A to 15C show specific examples of the screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the region are shown only for the sake of explanation, and in reality, these are shown.
- the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32.
- the finger F1 of the person (worker 91) who operates tap, swipes, drags, etc.) an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the movement thereof. It is shown by an imaginary line (two-dot chain line).
- the screen display method has an acquisition process and a display process as described above.
- the acquisition process is a process of acquiring acquisition information.
- the acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task.
- the worker terminal 3 since the worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction based on the work schedule information, the work instruction is acquired as the acquisition information in the acquisition process. That is, the information regarding the work schedule information acquired in the acquisition process includes the work instruction.
- the display process is a process for displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 as shown in FIG. 9A based on the acquisition information acquired in the acquisition process.
- the work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work. Since the work instruction screen D1 is displayed based on the acquired information (here, the work instruction), the displayed content changes depending on the work schedule information (or work instruction).
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 and a second region R2, as shown in FIG. 9A.
- the first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information.
- the second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2, which is the work of the worker 91 and corresponds to the second task different from the first task.
- the first region R1 and the second region R2 are set.
- the first region R1 has a larger vertical dimension of the work instruction screen D1 than the second region R2. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work instruction screen D1, the first region R1 occupies more than half of the work instruction screen D1.
- the work instruction screen D1 further includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the first area R1 and the second area R2.
- the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 are arranged above the second area R2 in the work instruction screen D1.
- the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 are arranged in the horizontal direction of the work instruction screen D1 (direction along the long side of the work instruction screen D1), and the time display area R4 is arranged on the right side of the menu display area R3.
- the menu display area R3 is, for example, an area for displaying a character string that identifies the worker 91 called “staff A” and a menu button.
- the time display area R4 is an area for displaying the current time (including the date), and the character string "2018/1514 (Friday) 19:17" is displayed as an example.
- a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1.
- the plurality of first objects I1 are arranged in the order corresponding to at least one of the priority and the instruction timing of the corresponding first task.
- five first objects I11 to I15 are displayed side by side in the first region R1.
- each of the five first objects I11 to I15 is also simply referred to as "first object I1".
- Each first object I1 has a rectangular outer shape that is long in the vertical direction of the work instruction screen D1.
- Each first object I1 is an object for receiving an operation (tap) of the worker 91.
- Each first object I1 includes specific information for identifying the corresponding first task, and as an example, includes an icon (icon) representing the first task as specific information.
- each first object I1 includes time information indicating the instruction timing of the corresponding first task, and as an example, includes a character string indicating the time of the instruction timing as the time information.
- the first object I11 is a fast food replenishment (preparation)
- the first object I12 is a product
- the first object I13 is a display
- the first object I14 is a check
- the first object I15 is an inspection.
- an icon representing the first task of replenishing (preparing) fast food and a character string "18:00" representing the time of the instruction timing are included.
- These five first objects I11 to I15 are arranged in the order of the first objects I11, I12, I13, I14, and I15 from the right side on the work instruction screen D1 so that the first object I11 is at the right end.
- the order of arrangement of the five first objects I11 to I15 is according to at least one of the priority and the instruction timing of the corresponding first task.
- the order of the five first objects I11 to I15 is determined according to both the priority of the first task and the instruction timing. Specifically, a plurality of first objects I1 are arranged in chronological order so that the instruction timings are arranged in order from the right side on the work instruction screen D1. Further, if there are a plurality of first objects I1 having the same instruction timing, the plurality of first objects I1 having the same instruction timing are arranged in descending order of priority from the right side on the work instruction screen D1. I1 are arranged in order of priority. In the example of FIG.
- the first object I11 whose instruction timing is "18:00" is located at the right end, and the first objects I12 to I15 whose instruction timing is "19:00" are to the left of the first object I11.
- the first objects I12 and I13 having a priority of "medium” are located on the right side, and the first objects I14 and I15 having a priority of "low” are located on the right side. Located on the left side.
- the arrangement order of the first objects I11 to I15 may be determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing. Therefore, the order of the first objects I11 to I15 may be determined only by the corresponding first task, for example, or may be determined only by the instruction timing of the corresponding first task.
- the first object I11 is at the position where it is easiest to operate, and it becomes difficult to operate the first objects I12, I13, I14, and I15 in that order.
- the first object I1 is arranged at a position that is easy to operate on the work instruction screen D1 as the instruction timing of the corresponding task (first task) is earlier or the priority is higher. ..
- the display mode of the first object I1 differs depending on the priority of the corresponding first task.
- the "display mode" referred to in the present disclosure includes, for example, color (display color), text font (including size and thickness), movement (including deformation and blinking), icon shape and size (size), and the like. including.
- the display color of the first object I1 differs depending on the priority of the corresponding first task. As an example, the first object I1 corresponding to the first task having a priority of "high” is red, the first object I1 corresponding to the first task having a priority of "medium” is yellow, and the priority is "low”.
- the first object I1 corresponding to the first task is blue.
- second objects I2 are displayed in the second area R2.
- two second objects I21 and I22 are displayed side by side in the second region R2.
- each of the two second objects I21 and I22 is also simply referred to as "second object I2".
- Each second object I2 has a rectangular outer shape that is long in the horizontal direction of the work instruction screen D1.
- Each second object I2 is an object for receiving the operation (tap) of the worker 91.
- Each second object I2 includes specific information for identifying the corresponding second task, and as an example, includes an icon (icon) and a text (character string) representing the second task as specific information.
- the second object I21 corresponds to the cash register and the second object I22 corresponds to the fast food (FF correspondence).
- FF correspondence fast food
- the first object I1 displayed on the work instruction screen D1 corresponds to the task (first task) for which the work instruction is currently issued among the tasks included in the work schedule information.
- the second object I2 displayed on the work instruction screen D1 corresponds to a task (second task) in which the instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information. That is, with respect to the task corresponding to the second object I2, the timing to be executed by the worker 91 is not defined, and the worker 91 can execute the task at any time. Therefore, there is no concept of completion / incomplete for the task (second task) corresponding to the second object I2 displayed in the second area R2 of the work instruction screen D1. Therefore, the second object I2 displayed in the second region R2 is a fixed object that does not change over time.
- the worker 91 executes the task (first task) of "delivering the product" corresponding to the instruction timing of "19:00".
- first task the task of "delivering the product” corresponding to the instruction timing of "19:00".
- FIG. 1 when the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
- the worker 91A looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the first object I12 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2 (S4: Yes in FIG. 3). At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9A to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 9B. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a first transition process.
- the display of the worker terminal 3 is displayed from the work instruction screen D1 to the work selection screen D2. This is the process of changing.
- the operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the work selection screen D2 includes a detailed object I3 instead of the first region R1 as shown in FIG. 9B. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work selection screen D2, the detailed object I3 occupies more than half of the work selection screen D2.
- the work selection screen D2 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the configuration other than the first area R1. That is, the work selection screen D2 includes the second area R2, the menu display area R3, and the time display area R4 in addition to the detailed object I3.
- the detailed object I3 is an object that is related to the task (first task) corresponding to the first object I1 selected on the work instruction screen D1 and has a larger display area than the first object I1. That is, in the present embodiment, the work schedule information includes a plurality of first tasks. In the first transition process, when the operation of selecting the first object I1 corresponding to the selection task consisting of the first task of one of the plurality of first tasks is received on the work instruction screen D1, the work including the detailed object I3 is received. The selection screen D2 is displayed.
- the detailed object I3 is an object having a larger display area than the first object I1 associated with the selected task.
- the operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the work selection screen D2 includes a completion button I31 and a cancel button I32 in the detailed object I3.
- the character string "completed” is displayed on the completion button I31, and the character string "cancel” is displayed on the cancel button I32.
- the completion button I31 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 completes the task (work), and the cancel button I32 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 interrupts the task (work). Operated (tapped).
- the worker 91A completes the work in order to report the completion of the work on the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A.
- the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task has been completed to the management device 2 (S5: Yes in FIG. 3), and the display of the work selection screen D2 ends.
- the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 9B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes a completion process for setting the state of the selected task to the completed state. Then, in the screen display method according to the present embodiment, when the operation of the worker 91 indicating that the selection task is completed is received on the work selection screen D2, the completion process is executed.
- the operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to tapping the completion button I31, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the first object I1 corresponding to the completed task (here, "delivery of goods") is deleted. That is, on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C, the first object I1 corresponding to the task of "delivering the product” is deleted, and the first object corresponding to the task (first task) of the instruction timing of "20:00" is deleted.
- One object I15 has been added.
- the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C is also displayed on the worker terminals 3B and 3C carried by the workers 91B and 91C.
- the timing when the work selection screen D2 is displayed on the worker terminal 3A, that is, the task corresponding to the detailed object I3 (here, "delivery of goods") is in the accepted state.
- the work instruction screen D1 changes.
- the first object I1 is deleted from the first area R1 when the state of the corresponding first task becomes the acceptance state.
- the present invention is not limited to this example, and the first object I1 may be erased from the first region R1 when the state of the corresponding first task becomes the completed state.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes an erasing process.
- the erasing process is a process of erasing, from the first region R1, the first object I1 in which the state of the corresponding first task is in the acceptance state or the completed state.
- the cancel button I32 is displayed on the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, an interruption notification indicating that the task has been interrupted is transmitted from the worker terminal 3A to the management device 2.
- the management device 2 performs a task when a predetermined time elapses from the instruction timing while the interruption notification is received from the worker terminal 3A that has accepted the work instruction or the completion notification is not received from the worker terminal 3A. It is determined that the completion has not been completed (S5: No in FIG. 3).
- the task (first task) is displayed from the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1.
- the corresponding first object I1 is deleted.
- the screen display method further includes a timed deletion process.
- the timed erasing process is a process of erasing, from the first region R1, the first object I1 whose erasing timing is determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing.
- the erasure timing is the timing at which the timeout time according to the priority has elapsed from the instruction timing. That is, the timeout time from the instruction timing to the deletion timing differs depending on the priority of the task.
- the timeout time of the first task with "high” priority is 5 hours
- the timeout time of the first task with "medium” priority is 3 hours
- the timeout time of the first task with "low priority” is “low”.
- the timeout time for is 1 hour. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the erase timing is determined by both the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing.
- the erasure timing may be determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing, for example, it may be determined only by the corresponding first task, and only the instruction timing of the corresponding first task. May be decided by.
- the server device 1 generates irregular task information based on the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7.
- irregular task information which is task information regarding irregular tasks, is automatically generated.
- Such irregular tasks can occur suddenly. For example, when the sensor 7C detects that the amount of garbage in the trash can 72 has reached the upper limit, "replacement of the trash bag" corresponding to the instruction timing of "13:00" occurs ahead of schedule as an irregular task.
- the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B.
- a first object I11 corresponding to an irregular task here, “replacement of garbage bag”
- the instruction timing of the first object I11 is "13:00”
- it is particularly urgent so that the first object I11 is interrupted and displayed at the right end of the five first objects I11 to I15.
- the first object I15 included in the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10A is pushed out of the work instruction screen D1 in FIG. 10B and is hidden.
- the screen display method further includes a sudden display process.
- the sudden display process is a process of displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task in the first region R1 at a timing prior to the instruction timing associated in the work schedule information. That is, according to the sudden display process, the first object I11 corresponding to the suddenly generated irregular task (here, “replacement of garbage bag”) is originally instructed to the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. It is displayed at a timing before the timing "13:00".
- Subsequent processing is the same as the processing explained in "(3.1) Acceptance and completion of the first task". That is, the worker 91 looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker and points to the first object I11 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B in order to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with F1. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 10C.
- the worker 91A looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the second object I21 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2 (S4: Yes in FIG. 3). At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a second transition process.
- the display of the worker terminal 3 is displayed from the work instruction screen D1 to the work acceptance screen D3. This is the process of changing.
- the operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the second object I2, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the work acceptance screen D3 includes a status object I4 instead of the first region R1 as shown in FIG. 11B. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work acceptance screen D3, the detailed object I3 occupies more than half of the work acceptance screen D3.
- the work acceptance screen D3 includes a request area R5 instead of the second area R2.
- the request area R5 is an area for displaying the request object I5 for requesting support.
- the second object I2 is replaced by the request object I5, and therefore, two request objects I51 and I52 are displayed in the request area R5.
- each of the two request objects I51 and I52 is also simply referred to as "request object I5".
- the work acceptance screen D3 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the first area R1 and the second area R2. That is, the work acceptance screen D3 includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the status object I4 and the request area R5.
- the status object I4 is an object that is related to the task (second task) corresponding to the second object I2 selected on the work instruction screen D1 and has a larger display area than the second object I2. That is, in the present embodiment, in the second transition process, when the operation of selecting the second object I2 corresponding to the selected task consisting of the second tasks is accepted on the work instruction screen D1, the work acceptance screen D3 including the situation object I4 is received. Is displayed.
- the status object I4 is an object having a larger display area than the second object I2 in relation to the selection task.
- the operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the second object I2, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the work acceptance screen D3 includes the completion button I41 in the status object I4.
- a character string "completion" is displayed on the completion button I41.
- the completion button I41 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 completes a task (work).
- the worker 91A presses the completion button I41 to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task has been completed to the management device 2 (S5: Yes in FIG. 3), and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11C.
- the completion process is executed.
- the operation of the worker 91 is not limited to tapping the completion button I41, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11C is the same as before accepting the work instruction. That is, when the second task is completed, the corresponding second object I2 is not deleted. Therefore, the work instruction screen D1 transitioning from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B is the same as the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 11A before transitioning to the work acceptance screen D3.
- the worker 91A looks at the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the second object I22 on the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 12A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 12A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 12B.
- the worker 91A presses the completion button I41 to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task is completed to the management device 2, and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 12B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 12C.
- the work instruction screen D1 illustrated in FIG. 12C is the same as the work instruction screen D1 when the first task (here, “commercial product release”) being executed is interrupted. However, in this case, it is not essential to interrupt the first task being executed, and the display on the worker terminal 3 is the work before interrupting the first task being executed (here, "delivery of goods"). You may return to the selection screen D2.
- the worker 91A operates (tap) the request object I51 with the finger F1 on the work acceptance screen D3 (see FIG. 11B) displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker.
- the support request is transmitted from the worker terminal 3A to the management device 2.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a support request process.
- the support request process receives the operation of selecting the request object I5 displayed on the work acceptance screen D3 of any worker terminal 3, the display of the other worker terminal 3 is changed to the support request screen D4. It is a process.
- the operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to tapping the request object I51, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the support request screen D4 includes the request object I6 in place of the first region R1 and the second region R2. Therefore, the request object I6 occupies more than half of the support request screen D4.
- the support request screen D4 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the first area R1 and the second area R2. That is, the support request screen D4 includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the request object I6.
- the request object I6 is an object that notifies the content of the support request.
- the request object I6 notifies the support request for the cash register.
- the request object I6 contains the character string "19:18 Staff A has requested cashier support.”
- the support request screen D4 includes a corresponding button I61 and a non-corresponding button I62 in the request object I6.
- the character string "correspondence” is displayed on the correspondence button I61, and the character string “correspondence” is displayed on the correspondence button I62.
- the response button I61 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 accepts the support request (cash register support), and the non-response button I62 is when the worker 91 rejects the support request (cash register support). Then, the operator 91 operates (tap).
- the worker 91B looks at the support request screen D4 displayed on the worker terminal 3B carried by the worker 91B and clicks the corresponding button I61 on the support request screen D4 shown in FIG. 13A to accept the support request. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3B transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the support request has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3B shifts from the support request screen D4 shown in FIG. 13A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 13B.
- the subsequent process is the same as the process described in “(3.4) Accepting and completing the second task during execution of the first task”. That is, the worker 91B completes to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3B after the task corresponding to the status object I4 (here, “cash register support”) is completed. Operate (tap) button I41 with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3B transmits a completion notification indicating that the task is completed to the management device 2, and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3B transits from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 13B to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 13C.
- the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 13C is the same as the work selection screen D2 before the interruption of the currently executing first task (here, “commercial product release”).
- the task (first task) of "replacement of the garbage bag” corresponding to the instruction timing of "11:00” is performed by the worker 91.
- the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
- the worker 91A sees the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker, and in order to accept the work instruction, the worker 91A sets the first object I11 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14A. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14A to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 14B.
- the worker 91 swipes the detailed object I3 in the horizontal direction (to the right as an example) of the work selection screen D2 without operating either the complete button I31 or the cancel button I32 in the detailed object I3.
- the worker terminal 3A sends a skip notification indicating that the task is skipped to the management device 2, and the display of the work selection screen D2 ends.
- the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 14B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14C.
- the task accepted by the worker 91A (here, "replacement of the garbage bag") is in the skip state, not in the incomplete state, the accepted state, or the completed state.
- the skip state is a state of the task indicating that the worker 91 has determined that there is no need for execution. Therefore, for the task in the skip state, unlike the task in the incomplete state, the corresponding first object I1 is deleted from the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. Therefore, in the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14C, the first object I11 corresponding to “replace garbage bag” included in the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 14A has been deleted.
- the task in the skip state is not executed by any worker 91, so it does not remain as the actual result of the worker 91.
- the skipped task remains in the history as "skip state”. That is, it is possible to prevent the worker 91A from having a record of the skipped task (here, "replacement of the garbage bag").
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment further has a skip process for setting the state of the selected task to the incomplete state.
- the skip processing is executed.
- the operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
- the first object I1 corresponding to the future task (first task) or the past task (first task) is set in the first area R1. It is assumed that the first object I1 corresponding to (task) is displayed.
- the worker 91 swipes one of the first objects I1 in one of the lateral directions of the work instruction screen D1 (rightward as an example). To do. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15B. In the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15B, the first object I1 corresponding to the future task (first task) is displayed in the first region R1. The first object I1 displayed at this time corresponds to an incomplete task (first task). As a result, the worker 91 can confirm the ten tasks from the present to the present in addition to the display of the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A.
- the worker 91 swipes one of the first objects I1 to the other side (to the left as an example) of the work instruction screen D1. To do.
- the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15C.
- the first object I1 corresponding to the past task (first task) is displayed in the first region R1.
- the first object I1 displayed at this time corresponds to an incomplete task (first task).
- the first object I1 erased from the first area R1 at the time when the erasing timing is reached by the timed erasing process is displayed in the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15C. Furthermore, the task (first task) that has suddenly occurred is not displayed in the first region R1 of the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15C. As a result, the worker 91 can confirm the past tasks in the incomplete state.
- the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes a change process for changing the first object I1 displayed in the first area R1 by performing a predetermined operation on the work instruction screen D1.
- the operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to the swipe of the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, a voice input, a gesture input, or the like.
- the first embodiment is only one of the various embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the first embodiment can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved.
- Functions similar to those of the screen display method according to the first embodiment may be embodied in the screen display system 100, a computer program, a non-transitory recording medium recording the computer program, or the like.
- the program according to one aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the screen display method according to the first embodiment.
- the screen display system 100 includes an information acquisition unit 341 and a display processing unit 342.
- the information acquisition unit 341 acquires acquisition information.
- the acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task.
- the display processing unit 342 is a process of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 based on the acquired information.
- the work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work.
- the work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 and a second region R2.
- the first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information.
- the second region R2 is a region for displaying the second object I2 corresponding to the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task.
- the store support method includes an instruction process, a detection process, and a result output process.
- the instruction process is a process of instructing each of the plurality of workers 91 to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by the plurality of workers 91 in the store 9.
- the periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly.
- the detection process is a process for detecting the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 instructed by the instruction process among the plurality of workers 91.
- the actual result output process is a process of generating actual result information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers 91 based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the actual result information.
- the program according to one aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method.
- the management device 2 including the instruction unit 24 is provided outside the store 9.
- the management device 2 is mainly composed of a computer system having one or more processors and memories, and is connected to a network 4 such as the Internet.
- the management device 2 is installed in, for example, a service company that provides the store support system 10, an operating company of the store 9, or the like.
- the management device 2 preferably uses a Paas environment and is a public cloud environment without management of an OS, a runtime, and middleware.
- the store support system 10 ⁇ /b>A according to this modification includes a second communication unit 21, a processing unit 22, an instruction unit 24, and a storage unit 25.
- the store support system 10A includes a sensor control device 29.
- the sensor control device 29 is installed in the store 9.
- the sensor control device 29 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories.
- the sensor control device 29 is connected to the network 4 via the router 5 installed in the store 9.
- the sensor control device 29 controls, for example, the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28 to perform predetermined signal processing or the like on each detection result, and the server device 1 and the management device. It can be output to 2 and the worker terminal 3 and the like.
- the sensor control device 29 has a fourth communication unit 291, a processing unit 292, and an interface 293, as shown in FIG.
- the fourth communication unit 291 corresponds to the second communication unit 21 (see FIG. 2) of the first embodiment, and performs bidirectional communication with, for example, the server device 1, the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like. It is a communication module.
- the processing unit 292 corresponds to the processing unit 22 (see FIG. 2) of the first embodiment, and exchanges various information (data) with, for example, the server device 1 and the like via the fourth communication unit 291. Further, the processing unit 292 is connected to the monitor 26 and controls the monitor 26 so that various information is displayed on the monitor 26.
- the interface 293 corresponds to the interface 23 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 2), and is connected to a plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, a detection unit 27, and an generation detection unit 28.
- the management device 2 provided outside the store 9 generates and outputs a work instruction by the instruction unit 24.
- a task is instructed to each worker 91 by a work instruction.
- the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1.
- the work instruction generated according to the work schedule information is a work instruction of the first task corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task.
- the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work instruction received from the server device 1.
- the work instruction generated in accordance with the work instruction is the work instruction of the second task that is a task other than the semi-regular task of the irregular tasks. Therefore, the instruction unit 24 generates work instructions for instructing the execution of both the first task and the second task.
- the instruction unit 24 outputs the work instruction by transmitting the generated work instruction from the second communication unit 21 to the worker terminal 3.
- the detection unit 27 since the detection unit 27 is connected to the network 4 via the sensor control device 29, the detection result of the detection unit 27 is obtained by the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the sensor control device 29. Will be sent to.
- the generation detection unit 28 since the generation detection unit 28 is connected to the network 4 via the sensor control device 29, the detection result of the generation detection unit 28 is transmitted to the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the sensor control device 29. Will be done.
- the detection unit 27 is connected to the sensor control device 29, and the detection unit 27 may transmit the detection result to the server device 1 or the management device 2 without going through the sensor control device 29. ..
- a detection unit 27 capable of communicating with the worker terminal 3 can be considered.
- the detection unit 27 functions as a transmitter that outputs (transmits) a wireless signal to the worker terminal 3, and transmits the wireless signal to the worker terminal 3 in the work area A1 (see FIG. 8A). That is, when the worker 91 enters the work area A1, the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91 receives the radio signal from the detection unit 27.
- the execution of a specific task by the worker 91 can be detected on the worker terminal 3 side.
- the detection unit 27, together with the worker terminal 3 detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 assigned by the allocation unit 17 among the plurality of workers 91. It functions as a "detection unit” for doing this.
- the worker terminal 3 transmits the detection result to the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the network 4.
- the store support system 10 in the present disclosure includes, for example, a computer system in a server device 1, a management device 2, a worker terminal 3, and the like.
- the computer system mainly has a processor and a memory as hardware.
- the processor executes the program recorded in the memory of the computer system, the function as the store support system 10 in the present disclosure is realized.
- the program may be pre-recorded in the memory of the computer system, may be provided through a telecommunications line, and may be recorded on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card, optical disk, hard disk drive, etc. that can be read by the computer system. May be provided.
- a processor in a computer system is composed of one or more electronic circuits including a semiconductor integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI).
- the integrated circuit such as IC or LSI referred to here is called differently depending on the degree of integration, and includes an integrated circuit called system LSI, VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration), or ULSI (Ultra Large Scale Integration).
- an FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
- a logical device capable of reconfiguring the junction relationship inside the LSI or reconfiguring the circuit partition inside the LSI should also be adopted as a processor. You can A plurality of electronic circuits may be integrated on one chip, or may be distributed on a plurality of chips.
- the plurality of chips may be integrated in one device, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of devices.
- the computer system referred to here includes a microcontroller having one or more processors and one or more memories. Therefore, the microcontroller is also composed of one or a plurality of electronic circuits including a semiconductor integrated circuit or a large scale integrated circuit.
- the fact that the plurality of functions of the store support system 10 are integrated in one housing is not an essential configuration of the store support system 10, and the constituent elements of the store support system 10 are distributed in the plurality of housings. May be provided. Further, at least a part of the functions of the store support system 10, for example, the functions of the server device 1 may be realized by the cloud (cloud computing) or the like.
- the screen display system 100 it is not an essential configuration of the screen display system 100 that a plurality of functions of the screen display system 100 are integrated in one housing, and the components of the screen display system 100 are It may be distributed and provided in a plurality of housings.
- At least a part of the functions of the store support system 10 distributed in a plurality of devices may be integrated in one housing.
- some functions of the store support system 10 distributed to the server device 1 and the management device 2 may be integrated into the management device 2, and in this case, the server device 1 can be omitted.
- a part of the functions of the store support system 10 distributed in the server device 1 and the management device 2 may be integrated in the server device 1, and in this case, the management device 2 can be omitted. That is, the fact that the store support system 10 includes the server device 1, the management device 2, and the worker terminal 3 is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, but the server device 1, the management device 2, and the worker terminal 3 At least one may be omitted as appropriate.
- the management device 2 is omitted, the work instruction is generated by the server device 1 and transmitted from the server device 1 to the worker terminal 3.
- a technique such as machine learning may be used for a part of the processing of the store support system 10, for example, a processing for changing the priority of a task, a processing for predicting a workload, and the like.
- a technique such as machine learning is used in terms of what kind of work schedule information is generated in what kind of situation leads to improvement in sales of the store 9.
- the schedule generation unit 13 may provide work schedule information indicating the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing for the plurality of tasks, and what kind of information is used to generate the work schedule information. , Not particularly limited.
- the detection unit 27 may be configured to detect execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 assigned by the allocation unit 17 among the plurality of workers 91.
- the receiver is not limited to the receiver that receives the wireless signal from the transmitter 911.
- the detection unit 27 may include a sensor such as an image sensor (camera), an optical sensor, or a contact sensor.
- the detection unit 27 may detect, for example, that the worker 91 has logged in to the POS system. In this case, the detection unit 27 may detect the execution of the cashier correspondence by the worker 91 by detecting that the worker 91 to which the cashier correspondence work is assigned has logged in to the POS system.
- the transmitter 911 that outputs a wireless signal to the detection unit 27 including the receiver is not limited to the dedicated transmitter 911 such as a beacon or an electronic tag, and may be, for example, a worker terminal 3.
- the actual result output unit 18 may generate the actual result information by using at least the detection result of the detection unit 27, and uses the work schedule information, the worker information, and the work status of each worker 91 to generate the actual result information. That is not essential.
- the actual result output unit 18 generates the actual result information based on the work schedule information, the worker information, and one or two pieces of the work status of each worker 91 in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the actual information may be generated based only on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
- the use of the store support system 10 is not limited to convenience stores, and the store support system 10 may be installed in stores 9 other than convenience stores. Further, the screen display method according to the first embodiment may be used for other than the store 9. For example, in a factory, office, school, or the like, a screen display method may be applied to instruct various tasks.
- the work involving customer service such as cash register correspondence, age confirmation work, and fast food correspondence is particularly urgent, so from the task on the work schedule information (that is, the first task).
- the work schedule information that is, the first task.
- the work instruction generated by the instruction unit 24 of the management device 2 is directly transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3
- the work instruction may be indirectly transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3 via the server device 1.
- age confirmation processing function is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, and the age confirmation processing function may be omitted.
- allocation unit 17 is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, and the allocation unit 17 may be omitted.
- management device 2 is not limited to a configuration in which work instructions are transmitted by multicast, and for example, work instructions may be sequentially transmitted to a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C by unicast, or by broadcasting. A work order may be sent.
- the management device 2 may be configured so that the worker terminal 3 to be excluded from the transmission destinations of the work instructions can be arbitrarily selected from the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C.
- the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91 who is in a state where the task cannot be executed, such as the worker 91 during a break can be temporarily excluded from the transmission destination of the work instruction.
- the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C can be used for communication between the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C. It may be used.
- the worker terminal 3 and the administrator terminal 8 are not limited to smartphones, and may be, for example, a tablet terminal, a personal computer, or a wearable terminal such as a wristwatch type or a glasses type. Further, the worker terminal 3 and the administrator terminal 8 are not limited to general-purpose terminals, and may be dedicated terminals for the store support system 10.
- the worker terminal 3 is not limited to the configuration of being attached to the upper arm portion of the left arm of the worker 91, and may be attached to, for example, the right arm or other than the upper arm portion. Further, the worker terminal 3 may be directly or indirectly attached to a site other than the arm of the worker 91, for example, a mode of hanging on the neck, a mode of attaching to a belt, or a clothing like a badge. It may be a mode to be attached to.
- the communication method between the management device 2 and the worker terminal 3 is not limited to wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, but includes, for example, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or partially wired communication. It may be a communication method or the like.
- the communication method between the server device 1 and the worker terminal 3 is not limited to wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, for example, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or communication including a part of wired communication. The method may be used.
- the communication method between the server device 1 and the management device 2 is not limited to wired communication, and may be, for example, wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or the like.
- the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment is the store support system 10 according to the first embodiment in that the group object G1 corresponding to the plurality of first objects I1 is applied. Is different from.
- the same components as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be appropriately omitted.
- FIGS. 17A and 17B show specific examples of the screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the region are shown only for the sake of explanation, and in reality, these are shown.
- the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32.
- the finger F1 of the person (worker 91) who operates tap, swipes, drags, etc.
- an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the movement thereof. It is shown by an imaginary line (two-dot chain line).
- the present embodiment it is premised that a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1 as in the first embodiment.
- the plurality of first objects I1 correspond to one group object G1.
- the group object G1 and the plurality of first objects I1 are in a hierarchical structure in which they have a higher and lower relationship, respectively, and a plurality of first objects I1 are linked under (lower) one group object G1.
- the work instruction screen D1 it is possible to display not only the plurality of first objects I1 but also the group object G1 that is an upper level of the plurality of first objects I1 in the first region R1.
- each of the three group objects G11 to G13 is also simply referred to as "group object G1".
- the group object G11 corresponds to a cleaning task
- the group object G12 corresponds to a replenishment task
- the group object G13 corresponds to another task.
- the cleaning task includes tasks such as cleaning around the store, replacing garbage bags, and cleaning the toilet (first task).
- the worker 91 operates (tap) the group object G11 with the finger F1, for example.
- the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17B.
- a plurality of first objects I11 to I15 corresponding to the group object G11 are displayed in the first area R1.
- the selected group object G1 is expanded into a plurality of first objects I11 to I15 in the first area R1.
- a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1.
- the group object G1 corresponds to the plurality of first objects I1.
- a plurality of first objects I1 corresponding to the selected group object G1 are displayed in the first region. Display on R1.
- the worker 91 when accepting the work instruction, the worker 91 operates (tap) the group object G1 of the first object I1 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17A, and the worker terminal 3 notifies the acceptance. May be output. In short, the worker 91 can accept the task (first task) on the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 17B without operating the first object I1 which is a lower level of the group object G1. Thereby, the number of operations when the worker 91 accepts the task can be reduced.
- the work instruction screen D1 on which the plurality of first objects I1 are displayed includes the objects of the individual completion button and / or the batch completion button.
- a plurality of individual completion buttons are provided so as to correspond to the plurality of first objects I1 on a one-to-one basis, and one batch completion button is provided for each of the plurality of first objects I1.
- the individual completion button is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the corresponding first task is completed, and the batch completion button is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the corresponding first task is completed. Is tapped).
- the worker 91 when only one first task of the plurality of first tasks is completed, the worker 91 operates (tap) the individual completion button, and the worker terminal 3 completes this first task. A completion notification indicating that the job is done is transmitted. On the other hand, when all of the plurality of first tasks are completed, the worker 91 operates (tap) the batch completion button, and the worker terminal 3 indicates that all of these plurality of first tasks have been completed. The corresponding completion notification is transmitted. As a result, the number of operations when the worker 91 reports the completion of the task can be reduced.
- the store support system (10, 10A) includes an instruction unit (24), a detection unit (27), and a performance output unit (18).
- the instruction unit (24) performs at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers (91) in the store (9). Instruct each of (91). Scheduled tasks are generated based on work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly.
- the detection unit (27) detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker (91) instructed by the instruction unit (24) among the plurality of workers (91). .. Based on the detection result of the detection unit (27), the performance output unit (18) generates performance information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers (91), and outputs the performance information. ..
- the execution of the task by the worker (91) instructed by the task is detected by the detection unit (27), and the execution status of the task by each worker (91) is detected based on the detection result. It is possible to automatically generate and output the actual performance information to be represented. Therefore, it is possible to leave the work record even when the worker (91) does not record the record information at the time of starting or completing the task. As a result, there is an advantage that work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to the fact that work results are left.
- the store support system (10, 10A) further includes an assignment unit (17) that assigns a plurality of tasks to a plurality of workers (91) in the first aspect.
- the allocation unit (17) notifies each of the plurality of workers (91) of the plurality of tasks, and allocates the task to the worker (91) of the plurality of workers (91) who has accepted the notification.
- the task is executed by accepting one of the plurality of workers (91) notified of the task, so that only one worker (91) is notified of the task.
- the probability that the task will be executed is higher than that of.
- the achievement output unit (18) is based on the work schedule information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit (27). Generate achievement information.
- the result output unit (18) includes the detection result of the detection unit (27) and the work of a plurality of persons. Actual information is generated based on the worker (91) information regarding the person (91).
- the result output unit (18) includes the detection result of the detection unit (27) and the work of a plurality of persons. Actual information is generated based on the work situation of each person (91).
- the detection unit (27) further detects completion of at least one task of the plurality of tasks. ..
- the time required to execute the task can also be included in the performance information.
- the store support system (10, 10A) further includes an occurrence detection unit (28) in any of the first to sixth aspects.
- An occurrence detection unit (28) detects the occurrence of a second task other than the first task, which is the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information.
- the instruction unit (24) instructs the second task to any one of the plurality of workers (91) based on the detection result of the occurrence detection unit (28).
- the store support method has an instruction process, a detection process, and a result output process.
- the instruction processing at least one of a regular task and an irregular task is performed by a plurality of workers (91) among a plurality of tasks that are works performed by a plurality of workers (91) in the store (9).
- the periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information.
- the work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly.
- the detection process is a process of detecting execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker (91) instructed by the instruction process of the plurality of workers (91).
- the record output process is a process of generating record information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of a plurality of workers (91) based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the record information.
- the program according to the ninth aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method according to the eighth aspect.
- various aspects (including modified examples) of the store support system (10, 10A) according to the first and second embodiments include a store support method, a program, and a non-transitory recording medium recording the program. It can be embodied in.
- the configurations according to the second to seventh aspects are not essential configurations for the store support system (10, 10A) and can be omitted as appropriate.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
- Strategic Management (AREA)
- Economics (AREA)
- Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
- Educational Administration (AREA)
- Game Theory and Decision Science (AREA)
- Development Economics (AREA)
- Marketing (AREA)
- Operations Research (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are a store assistance system, a store assistance method, and a program with which a decrease in work efficiency is not liable to occur as a result of recording work results. In relation to a plurality of tasks, being work performed by a plurality of workers in a store, an instructing unit (24) instructs each of a plurality of workers to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task. Regular tasks are generated on the basis of work schedule information indicating a correspondence relationship between each of a plurality of tasks and instruction timings thereof. Irregular tasks are generated irregularly. A detecting unit (27) detects execution by a worker indicated by the instructing unit (24), from among the plurality of workers, in relation to at least one task from among the plurality of tasks. A result output unit (18) generates result information indicating an execution status of the plurality of tasks performed by each of the plurality of workers, on the basis of the detection results from the detecting unit (27), and outputs the result information.
Description
本開示は、一般に店舗支援システム、店舗支援方法及びプログラムに関し、より詳細には、店舗における作業のスケジューリングを行うことで店舗での作業を支援する店舗支援システム、店舗支援方法及びプログラムに関する。
This disclosure generally relates to a store support system, a store support method and a program, and more specifically, to a store support system, a store support method and a program that supports work in a store by scheduling work in the store.
特許文献1には、店舗情報管理装置と、複数の店舗業務端末と、を備えた店舗システムが記載されている。
Patent Document 1 describes a store system including a store information management device and a plurality of store business terminals.
この店舗システムにおいては、店舗業務端末ごとに作業開始時刻、作業終了時刻及び各端末への送信時刻を作業指示情報として、予め店舗情報管理装置に登録している。店舗情報管理装置は、タイマ装置の持つ時刻と、各店舗業務端末への送信時刻との一致判定処理を行い、一致した作業指示情報について作業指示情報を抽出し、作業指示送信ファイルを作成し店舗業務端末へ送信する。各店舗業務端末では、受信した作業指示送信ファイルに基づき、作業指示内容の画面表示を実行する。
In this store system, the work start time, work end time, and transmission time to each terminal are registered in advance in the store information management device as work instruction information for each store business terminal. The store information management device performs a match determination process between the time held by the timer device and the transmission time to each store business terminal, extracts work instruction information from the matched work instruction information, creates a work instruction transmission file, and stores the store. Send to the business terminal. Each store business terminal displays the work instruction content on the screen based on the received work instruction transmission file.
しかし、特許文献1に記載のシステムでは、作業者による作業の実績を残そうとすると、作業者又は管理者が、作業者による作業の開始時又は完了時に、都度、ログを記録する必要があり、作業効率の低下につながる可能性がある。
However, in the system described in Patent Document 1, in order to keep a record of work by a worker, the worker or an administrator needs to record a log each time when the work by the worker is started or completed. , It may lead to a decrease in work efficiency.
本開示は上記事由に鑑みてなされており、作業の実績を残すことによる作業効率の低下が生じにくい店舗支援システム、店舗支援方法及びプログラムを提供することを目的とする。
This disclosure has been made in view of the above reasons, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a store support system, a store support method, and a program in which a decrease in work efficiency due to leaving a record of work is unlikely to occur.
本開示の一態様に係る店舗支援システムは、指示部と、検知部と、実績出力部と、を備える。前記指示部は、店舗における複数人の作業者により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを前記複数人の作業者の各々に指示する。前記定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。前記作業スケジュール情報は、前記複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。前記不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。前記検知部は、前記複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、前記複数人の作業者のうちの前記指示部にて指示された作業者による実行を検知する。前記実績出力部は、前記検知部の検知結果に基づいて、前記複数人の作業者の各々による前記複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、前記実績情報を出力する。
The store support system according to one aspect of the present disclosure includes an instruction unit, a detection unit, and a performance output unit. The instruction unit instructs each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by the plurality of workers in the store. The periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing. The irregular task occurs irregularly. The detection unit detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the operator instructed by the instruction unit among the plurality of workers. Based on the detection result of the detection unit, the performance output unit generates performance information indicating the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers, and outputs the performance information.
本開示の一態様に係る店舗支援方法は、指示処理と、検知処理と、実績出力処理と、を有する。前記指示処理は、店舗における複数人の作業者により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを前記複数人の作業者の各々に指示する処理である。前記定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。前記作業スケジュール情報は、前記複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。前記不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。前記検知処理は、前記複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、前記複数人の作業者のうちの前記指示処理にて指示された作業者による実行を検知する処理である。前記実績出力処理は、前記検知処理の検知結果に基づいて、前記複数人の作業者の各々による前記複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、前記実績情報を出力する処理である。
The store support method according to one aspect of the present disclosure includes instruction processing, detection processing, and actual output processing. The instruction process is a process of instructing each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers in the store. is there. The regular task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing. The irregular task occurs irregularly. The detection process is a process for detecting the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker instructed by the instruction process among the plurality of workers. The actual result output process is a process of generating actual results information representing the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the actual results information.
本開示の一態様に係るプログラムは、前記店舗支援方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラムである。
The program according to one aspect of the present disclosure is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method.
(実施形態1)
(1)概要
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10(図1参照)は、店舗9(図1参照)における作業のスケジューリングを行うことで店舗9での作業を支援するシステムである。本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10が、コンビニエンスストア、スーパーマーケット、百貨店、ドラッグストア、家電量販店又はホームセンター等の小売店の店舗9に導入される場合を例として説明する。 (Embodiment 1)
(1) Outline The store support system 10 (see FIG. 1) according to the present embodiment is a system that supports the work in thestore 9 by scheduling the work in the store 9 (see FIG. 1). In the present embodiment, a case where the store support system 10 is introduced in a store 9 of a retail store such as a convenience store, a supermarket, a department store, a drug store, a home appliance mass retailer, or a home center will be described as an example.
(1)概要
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10(図1参照)は、店舗9(図1参照)における作業のスケジューリングを行うことで店舗9での作業を支援するシステムである。本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10が、コンビニエンスストア、スーパーマーケット、百貨店、ドラッグストア、家電量販店又はホームセンター等の小売店の店舗9に導入される場合を例として説明する。 (Embodiment 1)
(1) Outline The store support system 10 (see FIG. 1) according to the present embodiment is a system that supports the work in the
本開示では、店舗9における作業のことを、タスク(task)ともいう。本開示でいう「タスク」は、店舗9において発生する作業であって、言い換えれば、店舗9の作業者91A,91B,91C(図1参照)に業務として課され、作業者91A,91B,91Cによって実行される作業である。つまり、店舗支援システム10にて管理される作業(タスク)を実行する主体である作業者91A,91B,91Cは、店舗9で働く店員である。本開示において、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91Cを特に区別しない場合には、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91Cの各々を「作業者91」ということもある。
In this disclosure, the work in the store 9 is also referred to as a task. The "task" referred to in the present disclosure is a work that occurs in the store 9, in other words, is imposed on the workers 91A, 91B, 91C (see FIG. 1) of the store 9 as work, and the workers 91A, 91B, 91C. Is the work performed by. That is, the workers 91A, 91B, and 91C, which are the main bodies that execute the work (task) managed by the store support system 10, are the clerk working in the store 9. In the present disclosure, when a plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C are not particularly distinguished, each of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C may be referred to as a “worker 91”.
ここで、店舗9の内部で実行される作業だけでなく、例えば、店舗9の周辺道路の清掃等の、店舗9の外部で実行される作業も、タスクに含まれる。また、詳しくは後述するが、タスクは、定期的に発生する「定期タスク」と、不定期に発生する「不定期タスク」と、の2種類のタスクを含んでいる。例えば、店舗9がコンビニエンスストアであれば、定期タスクとしては、一例として、商品の陳列、棚卸及びトイレ清掃等がある。不定期タスクとしては、一例として、レジ対応、ファストフード対応(FF対応)、電気ポットの湯の補充、ファストフードの補充(作り置き)ごみ袋の交換、商品の品出し及び消耗品の補充等がある。ここでいう「ファストフード」は、店舗9内で調理される軽食を意味し、ホットスナック又はホットフードともいう。ただし、不定期タスクの中でも、例えば、電気ポットの湯の補充、ファストフードの補充(作り置き)、ごみ袋の交換、商品の品出し及び消耗品の補充等の定期的にも発生し得るタスクは「準定期タスク」とも呼ぶ。
Here, not only the work performed inside the store 9, but also the work performed outside the store 9, such as cleaning the roads around the store 9, is included in the task. Further, as will be described in detail later, the task includes two types of tasks, a “regular task” that occurs regularly and an “irregular task” that occurs irregularly. For example, if the store 9 is a convenience store, the periodical tasks include, for example, product display, inventory, and toilet cleaning. Examples of irregular tasks include cash register support, fast food support (FF support), hot water replenishment for electric kettles, fast food replenishment (preparation) Exchange of garbage bags, product removal and replenishment of consumables. There is. The “fast food” here means a light meal cooked in the store 9, and is also called hot snack or hot food. However, among the irregular tasks, for example, tasks that can occur regularly such as replenishing hot water in electric pots, fast food (replacement), exchanging garbage bags, taking out products, and replenishing consumables. Is also called a "quasi-regular task".
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、作業スケジュール情報を生成し、生成した作業スケジュール情報を出力する。本開示でいう「作業スケジュール情報」は、タスクとタスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報であって、店舗9におけるタスクの実行予定を規定する。本開示でいう「指示タイミング」は、タスクの実行を指示するタイミング、つまり作業者91がタスクを実行すべきタイミングを意味する。
The store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates work schedule information and outputs the generated work schedule information. The "work schedule information" referred to in the present disclosure is information representing a correspondence relationship between a task and a task instruction timing, and defines a task execution schedule in the store 9. The “instruction timing” in the present disclosure means a timing to instruct execution of a task, that is, a timing at which the worker 91 should execute the task.
すなわち、タスクの中でも、定期タスク及び準定期タスクのように、指示タイミングが決まっているタスクは、作業スケジュール情報に含まれ、指示タイミングとの対応関係が作業スケジュール情報内で規定される。このように、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されるタスクを「第1タスク」とも呼ぶ。一方、不定期タスクのうちの準定期タスク以外のタスクのように、指示タイミングが決まっていないタスクは、作業スケジュール情報に含まれない。このように、作業スケジュール情報に含まれないタスク、つまり作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されていないタスクを「第2タスク」とも呼ぶ。言い換えれば、作業スケジュール情報は、タスクの中でも第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表しており、第2タスクは、第1タスクとは別のタスクである。第1タスクの一例としては、定期タスク又は準定期タスクに当たる、商品の陳列、棚卸、トイレ清掃、電気ポットの湯の補充、ファストフードの補充(作り置き)、ごみ袋の交換、商品の品出し及び消耗品の補充等がある。第2タスクの一例としては、不定期タスクのうちの準定期タスク以外のタスクに当たる、レジ対応及びファストフード対応等がある。
That is, among the tasks, tasks whose instruction timing is fixed, such as regular tasks and semi-regular tasks, are included in the work schedule information, and the correspondence with the instruction timing is defined in the work schedule information. In this way, the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information is also referred to as “first task”. On the other hand, tasks whose instruction timing has not been determined, such as tasks other than semi-regular tasks among irregular tasks, are not included in the work schedule information. In this way, a task that is not included in the work schedule information, that is, a task whose instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information is also referred to as a “second task”. In other words, the work schedule information represents the correspondence between the first task and the instruction timing of the first task among the tasks, and the second task is a task different from the first task. As an example of the first task, corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task, product display, inventory, toilet cleaning, electric kettle hot water replenishment, fast food replenishment (preparation), garbage bag exchange, product discharge And replenishment of consumables. As an example of the second task, there are cash register correspondence, fast food correspondence, and the like, which correspond to tasks other than the quasi-periodic task among the irregular tasks.
作業スケジュール情報の出力の態様としては、例えば、情報端末への送信、表示、音声出力、非一時的記録媒体への記録(書き込み)及び印刷(プリントアウト)等がある。詳しくは後述するが、本実施形態では、図1に示すように、店舗支援システム10は、サーバ装置1と、店舗9に設置されている管理装置2と、作業者91が携帯する作業者端末3A,3B,3Cと、を備えている。本開示において、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cを特に区別しない場合には、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cの各々を「作業者端末3」ということもある。
Examples of output modes of work schedule information include transmission to an information terminal, display, audio output, recording (writing) and printing (printout) on a non-temporary recording medium. Although details will be described later, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1, the store support system 10 includes a server device 1, a management device 2 installed in the store 9, and a worker terminal carried by the worker 91. 3A, 3B, 3C. In the present disclosure, each of the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C may be referred to as a “worker terminal 3” unless the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C are particularly distinguished.
作業スケジュール情報は、サーバ装置1にて生成され、サーバ装置1から管理装置2へ送信される。このとき、サーバ装置1から管理装置2に作業スケジュール情報が送信されることをもって、サーバ装置1においては作業スケジュール情報が出力される。管理装置2は、作業スケジュール情報に従って作業指示を作業者端末3へ送信することにより、作業者91に対してタスク(第1タスク)を通知しタスクの実行を指示する。
The work schedule information is generated by the server device 1 and transmitted from the server device 1 to the management device 2. At this time, the work schedule information is output from the server device 1 as the work schedule information is transmitted from the server device 1 to the management device 2. The management device 2 sends a work instruction to the worker terminal 3 according to the work schedule information, thereby notifying the worker 91 of the task (first task) and instructing the worker 91 to execute the task.
ここで、店舗支援システム10は、指示タイミングにて、タスクを作業者91へ通知することでタスクの実行を指示してもよいし、指示タイミングよりも前の時点にて、指示タイミングと共にタスクを作業者91へ通知することでタスクの実行を指示してもよい。前者の場合、店舗支援システム10は、作業者91に対してリアルタイムでタスクを指示するので、作業者91は、タスクの通知を受けてすぐにタスクを実行する。後者の場合、店舗支援システム10は、作業者91に対して予約方式でタスクを指示するので、作業者91は、タスクの通知を受けてすぐにはタスクを実行せず、タスクと共に通知される指示タイミングでタスクを実行する。さらに、後者の場合の具体例として、タスクと共に通知される指示タイミングは、タスクを実行すべき時刻であってもよいし、タスクを実行すべき時点までの待機時間であってもよい。すなわち、本開示でいう「指示タイミング」は、タスクを実行すべきタイミングとして作業者91に認識されるタイミングであればよく、店舗支援システム10が作業者91にタスクを通知するタイミングに限らない。
Here, the store support system 10 may instruct the worker 91 to execute the task at the instruction timing by notifying the worker 91, or at a time before the instruction timing, the task is performed together with the instruction timing. The task execution may be instructed by notifying the worker 91. In the former case, the shop support system 10 instructs a task to the worker 91 in real time, so that the worker 91 executes the task immediately after receiving the notification of the task. In the latter case, since the store support system 10 instructs the worker 91 to perform the task by the reservation method, the worker 91 does not execute the task immediately after receiving the notification of the task, but is notified together with the task. Execute the task at the indicated timing. Further, as a specific example of the latter case, the instruction timing notified together with the task may be the time when the task should be executed or the waiting time until the time when the task should be executed. That is, the "instruction timing" referred to in the present disclosure may be a timing recognized by the worker 91 as a timing for executing the task, and is not limited to the timing when the store support system 10 notifies the worker 91 of the task.
ところで、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、タスク(第1タスク)に関するタスク情報、及び店舗9の状況に関する店舗情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。本開示でいう「店舗の状況」は、店舗9の現在の状況と、過去の実績等から推定される店舗9の将来の状況と、の両方を含む。例えば、店舗9がコンビニエンスストアであれば、店舗9の状況としては、一例として、店舗9における客数、売り上げ、商品の在庫状況及び作業者91(店員)の勤務時間割(勤務シフト)等がある。客数及び売り上げ等の現在の状況は、例えば、店舗9に設置された各種センサ(カメラを含む)の検知結果、及び後述のストアコンピュータ6、又はそれとは別のPOS(Point Of Sales)システムからの情報等により特定可能である。また、客数及び売り上げ等の将来の状況は、例えば、予約状況、店舗9の周辺の天気(予報を含む)、店舗9の周辺で開催されるイベント(スポーツの試合及びコンサート等)の有無及び時間帯等から推定可能である。
By the way, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates work schedule information based on the task information related to the task (first task) and the store information related to the situation of the store 9. The “status of the store” in the present disclosure includes both the current status of the shop 9 and the future status of the shop 9 estimated from past performance and the like. For example, if the store 9 is a convenience store, the situation of the store 9 includes, for example, the number of customers in the store 9, sales, inventory status of products, working timetable (work shift) of worker 91 (clerk), and the like. The current status of the number of customers, sales, etc. is, for example, the detection results of various sensors (including cameras) installed in the store 9, the store computer 6 described later, or a POS (Point Of Sales) system different from the detection results. It can be specified by information. In addition, future status such as the number of customers and sales includes, for example, reservation status, weather around store 9 (including forecast), presence / absence and time of events (sports games, concerts, etc.) held around store 9. It can be estimated from the band.
すなわち、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、タスク(第1タスク)とタスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報の生成に際し、少なくともタスク情報及び店舗情報を用いる。これにより、店舗9の状況が変化すれば、店舗9の状況に応じて作業スケジュール情報も変化することになり、店舗9の状況に合わせた適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能となる。そのため、店舗9の状況に、例えば、団体客の来店及び作業者91の欠勤等の突発的な状況の変化があった場合でも、店舗支援システム10は、店舗9の状況に合わせた適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能である。
That is, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment uses at least the task information and the store information when generating the work schedule information indicating the correspondence relationship between the task (first task) and the instruction timing of the task. As a result, if the situation of the store 9 changes, the work schedule information also changes according to the situation of the store 9, and it becomes possible to issue an appropriate work instruction according to the situation of the store 9. Therefore, even if there is a sudden change in the situation of the store 9, for example, a group customer visits the store or the worker 91 is absent, the store support system 10 performs appropriate work according to the situation of the store 9. It is possible to give instructions.
このように、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、タスク(第1タスク)とタスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報を生成し、出力することによって、店舗9における作業のスケジューリングを行って店舗9での作業を支援する。しかも、この店舗支援システム10では、作業スケジュール情報の生成に際し、少なくともタスク情報及び店舗情報が用いられる。その結果、店舗支援システム10によれば、店舗9の状況を考慮せずに作業スケジュール情報が生成される構成に比較して、より適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能である。また、店舗支援システム10によれば、店長等の管理者が作業の指示を出す場合に比べると、管理者の経験値のばらつきの影響を受けない分だけ、作業について、安定して信頼性の高い指示を出すことが可能である。
As described above, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment schedules the work in the store 9 by generating and outputting the work schedule information indicating the correspondence relationship between the task (first task) and the instruction timing of the task. To support the work at the store 9. Moreover, in the store support system 10, at least task information and store information are used when generating work schedule information. As a result, according to the store support system 10, it is possible to issue a more appropriate work instruction as compared with the configuration in which the work schedule information is generated without considering the situation of the store 9. In addition, according to the store support system 10, compared to the case where a manager such as a store manager gives a work instruction, the work is stable and reliable because it is not affected by the variation in the experience value of the manager. It is possible to give high instructions.
また、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、一例として、上述した店舗支援システム10に用いられ、作業者端末3に作業指示画面D1(図4参照)を表示させる方法である。作業指示画面D1は、作業者91に作業を指示するための画面である。本開示でいう作業指示画面D1等の「画面」は、作業者端末3等の表示部32(図4参照)に映し出される像(テキスト、グラフ及びアイコン等を含む)である。つまり、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法によれば、作業者端末3には、作業者91に作業を指示するための作業指示画面D1が表示される。したがって、作業者91は、この作業者端末3に表示される作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示の確認を行うことができる。
Further, the screen display method according to the present embodiment is, as an example, a method used in the store support system 10 described above and causing the worker terminal 3 to display the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4). The work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work. The “screen” such as the work instruction screen D1 referred to in the present disclosure is an image (including text, graph, icon, etc.) projected on the display unit 32 (see FIG. 4) of the worker terminal 3 or the like. That is, according to the screen display method according to the present embodiment, the work instruction screen D1 for instructing the worker 91 to work is displayed on the worker terminal 3. Therefore, the worker 91 can confirm the work instruction by looking at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3.
ここにおいて、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、コンピュータシステムのグラフィカルユーザインタフェース(GUI:Graphical User Interface)上で用いられる。つまり、画面表示方法は、コンピュータシステムを主構成とする作業者端末3にて、作業指示画面D1を表示する方法である。
Here, the screen display method according to the present embodiment is used on the graphical user interface (GUI: Graphical User Interface) of the computer system. That is, the screen display method is a method of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 having a computer system as a main component.
この画面表示方法は、取得処理と、表示処理と、を有している。取得処理は、取得情報を取得する処理である。取得情報は、作業者91の作業である第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に関する情報である。表示処理は、取得処理で取得した取得情報に基づいて、作業指示画面D1を作業者端末3に表示させる処理である。作業指示画面D1は、作業者91に作業を指示するための画面である。ここで、作業指示画面D1は、第1領域R1(図4参照)と、第2領域R2(図4参照)と、を含んでいる。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1(図4参照)を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2(図4参照)を表示する領域である。第2タスクは、作業者91の作業であって、第1タスクとは別のタスクである。
-This screen display method has an acquisition process and a display process. The acquisition process is a process of acquiring acquisition information. The acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task. The display process is a process of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 based on the acquisition information acquired in the acquisition process. The work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work. Here, the work instruction screen D1 includes a first area R1 (see FIG. 4) and a second area R2 (see FIG. 4). The first area R1 is an area for displaying the first object I1 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information. The second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the second task. The second task is a task of the worker 91 and is a task different from the first task.
このような画面表示方法によれば、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクと、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクと、を作業指示画面D1に一覧可能な形で表示できる。したがって、例えば、作業スケジュール情報に含まれない、つまり指示タイミングと対応付けられていないレジ対応等の作業についても、これを第2タスクとすることで、第1タスクと併せて作業指示画面D1にて作業者91に指示できる。そのため、作業者91は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクと並行して、作業スケジュール情報に含まれない第2タスクについても、自ら行うべき作業として認識しやすくなる。その結果、画面表示方法では、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる作業と、作業スケジュール情報に含まれない作業との両方について、作業者91に実行させやすくなり、より適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能である。
According to such a screen display method, the first task included in the work schedule information and the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task can be listed on the work instruction screen D1. It can be displayed as a shape. Therefore, for example, even for work such as cash register correspondence that is not included in the work schedule information, that is, is not associated with the instruction timing, by setting this as the second task, the work instruction screen D1 is displayed together with the first task. Can be instructed to the worker 91. Therefore, the worker 91 can easily recognize the second task not included in the work schedule information as the work to be performed by himself / herself in parallel with the first task included in the work schedule information. As a result, in the screen display method, it becomes easier for the worker 91 to execute both the work included in the work schedule information and the work not included in the work schedule information, and it is possible to give more appropriate work instructions. Is.
また、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、指示部24(図2参照)と、検知部27(図2参照)と、実績出力部18(図2参照)と、を備えている。指示部24は、店舗9における複数人の作業者91により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを複数人の作業者91の各々に指示する。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。検知部27は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの指示部24にて指示された作業者91による実行を検知する。実績出力部18は、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。ここで、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。
Further, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment includes an instruction unit 24 (see FIG. 2), a detection unit 27 (see FIG. 2), and a performance output unit 18 (see FIG. 2). The instruction unit 24 instructs each of the plurality of workers 91 to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task with respect to a plurality of tasks performed by the plurality of workers 91 in the store 9. .. The periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly. The detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 instructed by the instruction unit 24 of the plurality of workers 91. The performance output unit 18 generates performance information indicating the task execution status of each worker 91 and outputs the performance information. Here, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
ここにおいて、検知部27にて、あるタスクの実行が検知される対象の作業者91は、複数人の作業者91のうちの指示部24にて指示された作業者91、つまり指示部94にて、このタスクが指示された作業者91である。また、実績出力部18による実績情報の出力の態様としては、例えば、情報端末への送信、表示、音声出力、非一時的記録媒体への記録(書き込み)及び印刷(プリントアウト)等がある。本実施形態では一例として、実績出力部18は、実績情報をログ記録部15(図2参照)に出力することで、ログ記録部15に実績情報を記録する。
Here, the target worker 91 whose execution of a certain task is detected by the detection unit 27 is the worker 91 instructed by the instruction unit 24 among the plurality of workers 91, that is, the instruction unit 94. The operator 91 is instructed to perform this task. Further, examples of the mode of outputting the actual information by the actual result output unit 18 include transmission to an information terminal, display, audio output, recording (writing) and printing (printout) on a non-temporary recording medium. In the present embodiment, as an example, the performance output unit 18 records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 by outputting the performance information to the log recording unit 15 (see FIG. 2).
このような構成によれば、店舗支援システム10は、タスクが指示された作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知部27にて検知し、その検知結果に基づいて、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を自動的に生成し出力することが可能である。そのため、タスクを開始時又は完了時に、作業者91が実績情報を記録しなくても作業実績を残すことが可能になる。結果的に、作業の実績を残すことによる作業効率の低下が生じにくい、という利点がある。
According to such a configuration, the store support system 10 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is instructed by the detection unit 27, and based on the detection result, the execution of the task by each worker 91. It is possible to automatically generate and output performance information representing the situation. Therefore, when the task is started or completed, the work record can be left without the worker 91 recording the record information. As a result, there is an advantage that work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to the fact that work results are left.
(2)詳細
以下、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10について詳しく説明する。本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10が導入される店舗9としてコンビニエンスストアを例に説明する。つまり、店舗支援システム10にて管理される作業(タスク)の実行主体である作業者91は、コンビニエンスストアの店員(アルバイト及びパートタイマを含む)である。また、サーバ装置1は、複数の店舗9に設置されている管理装置2等と、ネットワーク4を介して接続可能であって、これにより、店舗支援システム10は、複数の店舗9を支援の対象とすることができる。ただし、本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10による支援の対象が1つの店舗9である場合について説明する。 (2) Details Theshop support system 10 according to the present embodiment will be described in detail below. In the present embodiment, a convenience store will be described as an example of the store 9 to which the store support system 10 is introduced. That is, the worker 91 who is the execution subject of the work (task) managed by the store support system 10 is a clerk of a convenience store (including a part-time job and a part-timer). Further, the server device 1 can be connected to the management devices 2 and the like installed in the plurality of stores 9 via the network 4, whereby the store support system 10 can support the plurality of stores 9. Can be. However, in the present embodiment, a case where the target of support by the store support system 10 is one store 9 will be described.
以下、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10について詳しく説明する。本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10が導入される店舗9としてコンビニエンスストアを例に説明する。つまり、店舗支援システム10にて管理される作業(タスク)の実行主体である作業者91は、コンビニエンスストアの店員(アルバイト及びパートタイマを含む)である。また、サーバ装置1は、複数の店舗9に設置されている管理装置2等と、ネットワーク4を介して接続可能であって、これにより、店舗支援システム10は、複数の店舗9を支援の対象とすることができる。ただし、本実施形態では、店舗支援システム10による支援の対象が1つの店舗9である場合について説明する。 (2) Details The
(2.1)全体構成
ここではまず、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10の全体構成について説明する。店舗支援システム10は、図1及び図2に示すように、上述した通り、サーバ装置1と、店舗9に設置されている管理装置2と、作業者91が携帯する作業者端末3と、を備えている。また、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、図1及び図2に示すように、ストアコンピュータ6と、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cと、管理者端末8と、検知部27と、発生検知部28と、を更に備えている。ただし、ストアコンピュータ6、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7C、及び管理者端末8の少なくとも一部は、店舗支援システム10の構成要素に含まれなくてもよい。本開示において、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cを特に区別しない場合には、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cの各々を「センサ7」ということもある。 (2.1) Overall Configuration First, the overall configuration of thestore support system 10 according to the present embodiment will be described. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the store support system 10 includes a server device 1, a management device 2 installed in the store 9, and a worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91, as described above. I have. Further, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates a store computer 6, a plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, an administrator terminal 8, and a detection unit 27. The detection unit 28 is further provided. However, at least a part of the store computer 6, the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, and the administrator terminal 8 may not be included in the constituent elements of the store support system 10. In the present disclosure, when the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C are not particularly distinguished, each of the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C may be referred to as “sensor 7”.
ここではまず、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10の全体構成について説明する。店舗支援システム10は、図1及び図2に示すように、上述した通り、サーバ装置1と、店舗9に設置されている管理装置2と、作業者91が携帯する作業者端末3と、を備えている。また、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、図1及び図2に示すように、ストアコンピュータ6と、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cと、管理者端末8と、検知部27と、発生検知部28と、を更に備えている。ただし、ストアコンピュータ6、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7C、及び管理者端末8の少なくとも一部は、店舗支援システム10の構成要素に含まれなくてもよい。本開示において、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cを特に区別しない場合には、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7Cの各々を「センサ7」ということもある。 (2.1) Overall Configuration First, the overall configuration of the
サーバ装置1は、1以上のプロセッサ及びメモリを有するコンピュータシステムを主構成とする。サーバ装置1は、例えば、インターネット等のネットワーク4に接続されている。サーバ装置1は、例えば、店舗支援システム10を提供するサービス会社、又は店舗9の運営会社等に設置される。サーバ装置1は、Paas(Platform as a Service)環境を用い、OS、ランタイム及びミドルウェアの管理が無いパブリッククラウド環境であることが好ましい。
The server device 1 is mainly composed of a computer system having one or more processors and memories. The server device 1 is connected to a network 4 such as the Internet, for example. The server device 1 is installed, for example, in a service company that provides the store support system 10, an operating company of the store 9, or the like. The server device 1 preferably uses a Paas (Platform as a Service) environment and is a public cloud environment without management of the OS, runtime, and middleware.
サーバ装置1は、図2に示すように、第1通信部11、取得部12、スケジュール生成部13、出力部14、ログ記録部15、タスク生成部16、割当部17及び実績出力部18を有している。サーバ装置1では、1以上のプロセッサがメモリに記録されているプログラムを実行することにより、少なくとも取得部12、スケジュール生成部13、出力部14、タスク生成部16、割当部17及び実績出力部18として機能する。プログラムはメモリに予め記録されていてもよいし、インターネット等の電気通信回線を通して提供されてもよく、メモリカード等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。
As shown in FIG. 2, the server device 1 includes a first communication unit 11, an acquisition unit 12, a schedule generation unit 13, an output unit 14, a log recording unit 15, a task generation unit 16, an allocation unit 17, and an actual output unit 18. Have. In the server device 1, at least the acquisition unit 12, the schedule generation unit 13, the output unit 14, the task generation unit 16, the allocation unit 17, and the actual output unit 18 are executed by one or more processors executing the program recorded in the memory. Functions as. The program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
第1通信部11は、例えば、管理装置2及び作業者端末3等との間で双方向に通信を行う通信モジュールである。第1通信部11は、ネットワーク4に接続されており、ネットワーク4を介して管理装置2及び作業者端末3等と通信を行う。
The first communication unit 11 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like. The first communication unit 11 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like via the network 4.
取得部12は、第1通信部11に接続されており、第1通信部11を介して、例えば、管理装置2等から種々の情報(データ)を取得する。本実施形態では、取得部12は、店舗9の状況に関する情報であって、作業スケジュール情報を生成するために用いられるタスク情報及び店舗情報を、管理装置2等から取得する。
The acquisition unit 12 is connected to the first communication unit 11, and acquires various information (data) from, for example, the management device 2 or the like via the first communication unit 11. In the present embodiment, the acquisition unit 12 acquires, from the management device 2 and the like, task information and store information that are information related to the situation of the store 9 and that are used to generate work schedule information.
スケジュール生成部13は、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。本実施形態では、スケジュール生成部13は、少なくとも取得部12が取得したタスク情報及び店舗情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。作業スケジュール情報は、少なくとも複数のタスクについて、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。
The schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information. In the present embodiment, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on at least the task information and the store information acquired by the acquisition unit 12. The work schedule information is information indicating the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing, for at least the plurality of tasks.
出力部14は、スケジュール生成部13で生成された作業スケジュール情報を出力する。本実施形態では、出力部14は、作業スケジュール情報を第1通信部11から管理装置2に送信させることにより、作業スケジュール情報を出力する。
The output unit 14 outputs the work schedule information generated by the schedule generation unit 13. In the present embodiment, the output unit 14 outputs the work schedule information by causing the first communication unit 11 to transmit the work schedule information to the management device 2.
ログ記録部15は、実績情報を記憶する非一時的記録媒体である。本開示でいう「実績情報」は、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す情報である。具体的には、実績情報は、完了したタスクに関するログであって、例えば、タスク名、タスクが完了した時刻、及びタスクを実行した作業者91の情報等を含む。
The log recording unit 15 is a non-transitory recording medium that stores performance information. The “actual result information” referred to in the present disclosure is information indicating the execution status of a task by each worker 91. Specifically, the achievement information is a log regarding the completed task, and includes, for example, the task name, the time when the task is completed, and the information of the worker 91 who executed the task.
実績出力部18は、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。ここで、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。上述したように、本実施形態では、実績出力部18は、実績情報をログ記録部15に出力することで、ログ記録部15に実績情報を記録する。つまり、実績出力部18は、ログ記録部15への実績情報の記録(書き込み)をもって、実績情報を出力する。
The performance output unit 18 generates performance information indicating the task execution status of each worker 91 and outputs the performance information. Here, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27. As described above, in the present embodiment, the performance output unit 18 records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 by outputting the performance information to the log recording unit 15. That is, the performance output unit 18 outputs the performance information by recording (writing) the performance information in the log recording unit 15.
実績出力部18が実績情報を生成する態様は、大別して2つある。1つ目の態様として、実績出力部18は、第1通信部11が作業者端末3から受信した完了通知に基づいて、実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力(ログ記録部15に記録)する。本実施形態では、完了通知は、作業者端末3から管理装置2を介してサーバ装置1に間接的に送信されることと仮定するが、完了通知は、作業者端末3からサーバ装置1に直接的に送信されてもよい。
There are roughly two ways in which the performance output unit 18 generates performance information. As a first aspect, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the completion notification received by the first communication unit 11 from the worker terminal 3, and outputs the performance information (recorded in the log recording unit 15). To do. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the completion notification is indirectly transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2, but the completion notification is directly transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1. May be transmitted.
2つ目の態様として、実績出力部18は、後述する検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。検知部27は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの割当部17にて割り当てられた作業者91による実行を検知する。したがって、この態様では、検知部27が作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知すると、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、自動的に、実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力することができる。
As a second mode, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 described later and outputs the performance information. The detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 of the plurality of workers 91 assigned by the assigning unit 17. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91, the performance output unit 18 automatically generates the performance information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 and generates the performance information. Can be output.
また、実績出力部18は、2つ目の態様として、つまり検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合において、少なくとも検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成すればよく、下記のように検知部27の検知結果以外の情報を加味してもよい。
Further, as the second aspect, that is, when the actual result information is generated based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, the actual result output unit 18 may generate the actual result information at least based on the detection result of the detection unit 27. Information other than the detection result of the detection unit 27 may be added as described below.
すなわち、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に加え、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。つまり、実績出力部18での実績情報の生成に際しては、検知部27の検知結果だけでなく作業スケジュール情報(タスクと指示タイミングとの対応関係)も使用されることになる。
That is, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the work schedule information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the work schedule information (correspondence between the task and the instruction timing) is used.
さらに、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に加え、作業者情報に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。本開示でいう「作業者情報」は、複数人の作業者91に関する情報である。作業者情報は、例えば、作業者91の氏名及びスキル等を含んでいる。つまり、実績出力部18での実績情報の生成に際しては、検知部27の検知結果だけでなく作業者情報(作業者91のスキル等)も使用されることになる。
Furthermore, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the worker information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. The "worker information" referred to in the present disclosure is information regarding a plurality of workers 91. The worker information includes, for example, the name and skill of the worker 91. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the worker information (skill of the worker 91, etc.) is used.
さらに、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に加え、複数人の作業者91の各々における作業状況に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。本開示でいう「作業状況」は、各作業者91の現在のタスクの実行状況に関する情報である。作業状況は、例えば、各作業者91が何らかのタスクを実行中であるか否か等を含んでいる。つまり、実績出力部18での実績情報の生成に際しては、検知部27の検知結果だけでなく各作業者91の作業状況(何らかのタスクを実行中であるか否か等)も使用されることになる。
Further, the performance output unit 18 generates performance information based on the work status of each of the plurality of workers 91 in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. The “work status” in the present disclosure is information on the current task execution status of each worker 91. The work status includes, for example, whether or not each worker 91 is executing some task. That is, when the actual result information is generated by the actual result output unit 18, not only the detection result of the detection unit 27 but also the work status of each worker 91 (whether or not some task is being executed, etc.) is used. Become.
このように、実績出力部18は、2つ目の態様として、つまり検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合に、検知部27の検知結果に加えて、作業スケジュール情報、作業者情報、及び各作業者91の作業状況も用いて、実績情報を生成する。
As described above, in the second aspect, that is, when the actual result information is generated based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, the actual result output unit 18 adds the work schedule information and the work in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. Person information and the work status of each worker 91 are also used to generate performance information.
タスク生成部16は、不定期タスクに関するタスク情報(以下、「不定期タスク情報」ともいう)を生成する。本実施形態では、タスク生成部16は、少なくとも取得部12が取得した店舗情報に基づいて、不定期タスク情報を生成する。不定期タスクには、上述したように、例えば、電気ポットの湯の補充、ごみ袋の交換、商品の品出し及び消耗品の補充等の定期的にも発生し得る準定期タスク、及びレジ対応及びファストフード対応等の準定期タスク以外の第2タスクが含まれる。
The task generation unit 16 generates task information regarding irregular tasks (hereinafter, also referred to as “irregular task information”). In the present embodiment, the task generation unit 16 generates the irregular task information based on at least the store information acquired by the acquisition unit 12. As mentioned above, irregular tasks include semi-regular tasks that can occur on a regular basis, such as replenishing hot water in an electric kettle, replacing garbage bags, taking out products and replenishing consumables, and cash register support. And second tasks other than semi-regular tasks such as fast food support.
割当部17は、作業者情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報における複数のタスクを複数人の作業者91に割り当てる。詳しくは「(2.2.3)割当部」の欄で説明するが、割当部17は、複数のタスクを複数人の作業者91の各々に通知し、複数人の作業者91のうち通知を受諾した作業者91にタスクを割り当てる。本開示でいう「受諾」は、引き受けることを意味し、作業者91は、タスクの通知を受諾することによって、このタスクを引き受けることの意思表示を行う。つまり、タスクの通知を受けた作業者91は、このタスクを引き受けるか否かを選択し、引き受ける場合には通知を受諾し、引き受けない場合には通知を拒否する。
The assigning unit 17 assigns a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91 based on the worker information. The details will be described in the column of "(2.2.3) Allocation unit", but the allocation unit 17 notifies each of the plurality of workers 91 of the plurality of tasks, and notifies each of the plurality of workers 91. The task is assigned to the worker 91 who has accepted the. “Acceptance” as used in the present disclosure means accepting, and the worker 91 expresses his / her intention to undertake this task by accepting the notification of the task. That is, the worker 91 who has received the notification of the task selects whether or not to accept the task, accepts the notification when accepting the task, and rejects the notification when not accepting the task.
取得部12、スケジュール生成部13、出力部14、ログ記録部15、タスク生成部16、割当部17及び実績出力部18の動作については、「(2.2)動作」の欄で更に詳しく説明する。
The operations of the acquisition unit 12, the schedule generation unit 13, the output unit 14, the log recording unit 15, the task generation unit 16, the allocation unit 17, and the result output unit 18 will be described in more detail in the section “(2.2) Operation”. To do.
管理装置2は、店舗9に設置されている。管理装置2は、1以上のプロセッサ及びメモリを有するコンピュータシステムを主構成とする。管理装置2は、店舗9に設置されたルータ5を介してネットワーク4に接続されている。
The management device 2 is installed in the store 9. The management device 2 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories. The management device 2 is connected to the network 4 via a router 5 installed in the store 9.
管理装置2は、図2に示すように、第2通信部21、処理部22、インタフェース23、指示部24及び記憶部25を有している。管理装置2では、1以上のプロセッサがメモリに記録されているプログラムを実行することにより、少なくとも処理部22及び指示部24として機能する。プログラムはメモリに予め記録されていてもよいし、インターネット等の電気通信回線を通して提供されてもよく、メモリカード等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。
As shown in FIG. 2, the management device 2 has a second communication unit 21, a processing unit 22, an interface 23, an instruction unit 24, and a storage unit 25. In the management device 2, at least one of the processors functions as at least the processing unit 22 and the instruction unit 24 by executing the program recorded in the memory. The program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
第2通信部21は、例えば、サーバ装置1及び作業者端末3等との間で双方向に通信を行う通信モジュールである。第2通信部21は、ネットワーク4に接続されており、ネットワーク4を介してサーバ装置1と通信を行う。また、第2通信部21は、例えば、Wi-Fi(登録商標)又はBluetooth(登録商標)等の電波を媒体とする無線通信にて、作業者端末3との通信を行う。
The second communication unit 21 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the server device 1, the worker terminal 3, and the like. The second communication unit 21 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the server device 1 via the network 4. The second communication unit 21 communicates with the worker terminal 3 by wireless communication using radio waves such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium.
処理部22は、第2通信部21に接続されており、第2通信部21を介して、例えば、サーバ装置1等との間で種々の情報(データ)を授受する。また、処理部22は、モニタ26に接続されており、モニタ26に種々の情報が表示されるようにモニタ26を制御する。
The processing unit 22 is connected to the second communication unit 21, and exchanges various information (data) with, for example, the server device 1 and the like via the second communication unit 21. Further, the processing unit 22 is connected to the monitor 26 and controls the monitor 26 so that various information is displayed on the monitor 26.
インタフェース23は、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7C、検知部27及び発生検知部28に接続されており、各センサ7、検知部27及び発生検知部28の検知結果を取得する。インタフェース23とセンサ7、検知部27及び発生検知部28との間の接続(通信)方式は、有線方式であってもよいし、無線方式であってもよい。本実施形態では、図1に示すように、インタフェース23には3つのセンサ7A,7B,7Cが接続されている。ただし、インタフェース23に接続されるセンサ7の数は、3つに限らず、1つ、2つ、又は4つ以上であってもよい。同様に、インタフェース23には検知部27及び発生検知部28は1つずつ接続されているが、インタフェース23に接続される検知部27及び発生検知部28の各々の数は、1つに限らず、2つ以上であってもよい。
The interface 23 is connected to the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28, and acquires the detection result of each sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28. The connection (communication) system between the interface 23 and the sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28 may be a wired system or a wireless system. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1, three sensors 7A, 7B, 7C are connected to the interface 23. However, the number of sensors 7 connected to the interface 23 is not limited to three, and may be one, two, or four or more. Similarly, although the detection unit 27 and the generation detection unit 28 are connected to the interface 23 one by one, the number of each of the detection unit 27 and the generation detection unit 28 connected to the interface 23 is not limited to one. There may be two or more.
指示部24は、複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期に発生する不定期タスクと、の少なくとも一方のタスクを各作業者91に指示する。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。
The instruction unit 24 instructs each worker 91 at least one of a regular task and an irregular task that occurs irregularly for a plurality of tasks. The periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing.
ここで、指示部24は、作業指示を生成して出力し、作業指示によって各作業者91にタスクを指示する。本実施形態では、指示部24は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業スケジュール情報に従って、作業指示を生成する。作業スケジュール情報に従って生成される作業指示は、定期タスク又は準定期タスクに当たる第1タスクの作業指示である。さらに、本実施形態では、指示部24は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業命令に従って、作業指示を生成する。作業命令に従って生成される作業指示は、不定期タスクのうちの準定期タスク以外のタスクに当たる第2タスクの作業指示である。よって、指示部24は、第1タスク及び第2タスクの両方について、その実行を指示する作業指示を生成する。指示部24は、生成した作業指示を、第2通信部21から作業者端末3へ送信することにより、作業指示を出力する。本開示でいう「作業指示」は、作業者91に対してタスクの実行を指示するためのデータであって、少なくともタスクを特定するための情報を含む。
Here, the instruction unit 24 generates and outputs a work instruction, and instructs each worker 91 a task by the work instruction. In the present embodiment, the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1. The work instruction generated according to the work schedule information is a work instruction of the first task corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task. Further, in the present embodiment, the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work instruction received from the server device 1. The work instruction generated in accordance with the work instruction is the work instruction of the second task that is a task other than the semi-regular task of the irregular tasks. Therefore, the instruction unit 24 generates work instructions for instructing the execution of both the first task and the second task. The instruction unit 24 outputs the work instruction by transmitting the generated work instruction from the second communication unit 21 to the worker terminal 3. The “work instruction” in the present disclosure is data for instructing the worker 91 to execute a task, and includes at least information for specifying the task.
記憶部25は、非一時的記録媒体である。記憶部25は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業スケジュール情報、及びインタフェース23がセンサ7、検知部27及び発生検知部28から取得した検知結果等を記憶する。
The storage unit 25 is a non-temporary recording medium. The storage unit 25 stores the work schedule information received from the server device 1 and the detection results obtained by the interface 23 from the sensor 7, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28.
作業者端末3は、店舗9の作業者91(店員)に携帯される。作業者端末3は、1以上のプロセッサ及びメモリを有するコンピュータシステムを主構成とする。作業者端末3は、ルータ5を介してネットワーク4に接続されている。
The worker terminal 3 is carried by the worker 91 (clerk) of the store 9. The worker terminal 3 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories. The worker terminal 3 is connected to the network 4 via the router 5.
本実施形態では、図1に示すように、店舗支援システム10は、3人の作業者91A,91B,91Cがそれぞれ携帯する3台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cを備えている。ただし、店舗支援システム10が備える作業者端末3の台数は、3台に限らず、1台、2台、又は4台以上であってもよい。複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cは同一の構成を有するので、図2では、作業者端末3Aについてのみ構成を図示し、作業者端末3B,3Cについては構成の図示を省略する。
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1, the store support system 10 includes three worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C carried by three workers 91A, 91B, 91C, respectively. However, the number of worker terminals 3 included in the store support system 10 is not limited to three, and may be one, two, or four or more. Since the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C have the same configuration, in FIG. 2, the configuration is shown only for the worker terminal 3A, and the configuration is omitted for the worker terminals 3B, 3C.
作業者端末3は、作業者91の腕に装着される。本実施形態では一例として、作業者91を右側方から見て作業者端末3が視認可能となるように、作業者端末3が作業者91の左腕に装着される使用形態を想定する。より詳細には、作業者端末3は、図1に示すように、作業者91の左腕のうち、肩と肘との間の二の腕部分に装着される。ここで、作業者端末3は、後述する表示部32の長辺が、肩と肘とを結ぶ直線に沿うように取り付けられる。つまり、表示部32の長辺は、二の腕部分の長手方向に沿うことになる。このような位置に作業者端末3が装着されることで、作業者91は、作業者端末3に表示される作業指示画面D1(図4参照)を見ながら、右手で作業者端末3を操作することが可能である。
The worker terminal 3 is attached to the arm of the worker 91. In this embodiment, as an example, it is assumed that the worker terminal 3 is attached to the left arm of the worker 91 so that the worker terminal 3 can be visually recognized when the worker 91 is viewed from the right side. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, the worker terminal 3 is attached to the left arm of the worker 91 on the second arm between the shoulder and the elbow. Here, the worker terminal 3 is attached such that the long side of the display unit 32, which will be described later, is along a straight line connecting the shoulder and the elbow. That is, the long side of the display unit 32 is along the longitudinal direction of the upper arm portion. By mounting the worker terminal 3 at such a position, the worker 91 operates the worker terminal 3 with his right hand while looking at the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the worker terminal 3. It is possible to do.
さらに、作業者端末3には、例えば、イヤホン又はヒアラブルデバイス等の、電気信号を音響信号に変換して出力する音響デバイスが接続される。音響デバイスは、例えば、作業者91の少なくとも一方の耳に装着される。作業者端末3は、例えば、Bluetooth(登録商標)等の電波を媒体とする無線通信にて、音響デバイスとの通信を行う。これにより、作業者端末3は、作業者に対し、作業指示に応じた通知、又は時報等の通知を、音(音声を含む)にて実現可能である。
Further, the worker terminal 3 is connected to an acoustic device such as an earphone or a hearable device that converts an electric signal into an acoustic signal and outputs the acoustic signal. The acoustic device is attached, for example, to at least one ear of the worker 91. The worker terminal 3 communicates with the acoustic device, for example, by wireless communication using radio waves such as Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium. As a result, the worker terminal 3 can realize, by sound (including voice), the worker according to the work instruction or the notification such as the time signal.
作業者端末3は、図2に示すように、第3通信部31、表示部32、操作部33及び制御部34を有している。作業者端末3では、1以上のプロセッサがメモリに記録されているプログラムを実行することにより、少なくとも制御部34として機能する。プログラムはメモリに予め記録されていてもよいし、インターネット等の電気通信回線を通して提供されてもよく、メモリカード等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。本実施形態では一例として、作業者端末3は汎用のスマートフォンである。この作業者端末3は、専用のアプリケーションソフト(プログラム)をインストールし、このアプリケーションソフトを起動することにより、作業者端末3として機能する。
The worker terminal 3 has a third communication unit 31, a display unit 32, an operation unit 33, and a control unit 34, as shown in FIG. In the worker terminal 3, at least one of the processors functions as at least the control unit 34 by executing the program recorded in the memory. The program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card. In the present embodiment, as an example, the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone. This worker terminal 3 functions as the worker terminal 3 by installing a dedicated application software (program) and activating this application software.
第3通信部31は、例えば、サーバ装置1及び管理装置2等との間で双方向に通信を行う通信モジュールである。第3通信部31は、ネットワーク4に接続されており、ネットワーク4を介してサーバ装置1と通信を行う。また、第3通信部31は、例えば、Wi-Fi(登録商標)又はBluetooth(登録商標)等の電波を媒体とする無線通信にて、管理装置2との通信を行う。本実施形態では、作業者端末3は汎用のスマートフォンであるので、例えば、管理装置2からの作業指示の受信等、何らかの着信があった場合には、例えば、着信音、発光機能又はバイブレーション機能により、作業者91に着信を知らせるための着信通知を行う。着信音による着信通知は、音響デバイスでも実現可能である。
The third communication unit 31 is, for example, a communication module that bidirectionally communicates with the server device 1, the management device 2, and the like. The third communication unit 31 is connected to the network 4 and communicates with the server device 1 via the network 4. The third communication unit 31 communicates with the management device 2 by wireless communication using radio waves such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or Bluetooth (registered trademark) as a medium. In the present embodiment, since the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone, for example, when there is an incoming call such as receiving a work instruction from the management device 2, for example, a ring tone, a light emitting function, or a vibration function is used. , Performs an incoming call notification to notify the operator 91 of an incoming call. The incoming call notification by the ring tone can be realized by the acoustic device.
表示部32は、例えば、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display)を含んでいる。表示部32は、少なくとも管理装置2からコンテンツとして配信(送信)されるデータを、映像として表示するブラウザとして機能する。
The display unit 32 includes, for example, an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display). The display unit 32 functions as a browser that displays at least the data distributed (transmitted) as content from the management device 2 as an image.
操作部33は、作業者91の操作を受け付けて、作業者91の操作に応じた信号を出力する。本実施形態では作業者端末3は汎用のスマートフォンであるので、操作部33は表示部32と一体化され、タッチパネルディスプレイを構成する。タッチパネルディスプレイにおいては、作業者端末3は、表示部32に表示される各画面上でのボタン等のオブジェクトの操作(タップ、スワイプ又はドラッグ等)が操作部33で検出されることをもって、ボタン等のオブジェクトが操作されたことと判断する。つまり、表示部32及び操作部33は、各種の表示に加えて、作業者91からの操作入力を受け付けるユーザインタフェースとして機能する。
The operation unit 33 receives the operation of the worker 91 and outputs a signal according to the operation of the worker 91. In the present embodiment, the worker terminal 3 is a general-purpose smartphone, so the operation unit 33 is integrated with the display unit 32 to form a touch panel display. In the touch panel display, the worker terminal 3 has a button or the like when an operation (tap, swipe, drag, etc.) of an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32 is detected by the operation unit 33. Judge that the object of is manipulated. That is, the display unit 32 and the operation unit 33 function as a user interface that receives an operation input from the worker 91 in addition to various displays.
ただし、作業者端末3のユーザインタフェースは、表示部32及び操作部33に限らず、例えば、作業者端末3の音声入力機能及び音声出力機能にて実現されてもよい。この場合、作業者91は、音声入力により作業者端末3の操作を行うことができ、音声出力により作業者端末3から情報の提示を受けることができる。音声入力機能及び音声出力機能における音声の入出力は、音響デバイスにて実現されてもよい。
However, the user interface of the worker terminal 3 is not limited to the display unit 32 and the operation unit 33, and may be realized by, for example, the voice input function and the voice output function of the worker terminal 3. In this case, the worker 91 can operate the worker terminal 3 by voice input, and can receive the presentation of information from the worker terminal 3 by voice output. Input and output of voice in the voice input function and the voice output function may be realized by an acoustic device.
制御部34は、第3通信部31、表示部32及び操作部33の制御を行う。制御部34は、少なくとも管理装置2からの作業指示の受信時に、後述する作業指示画面D1(図4参照)が表示されるように表示部32を制御する。これにより、作業者端末3を携帯している作業者91は、この作業者端末3の表示部32に表示される作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示の確認を行うことができる。ここで、制御部34は、作業指示の受信時に直ちに作業指示画面D1を表示してもよいし、又はプッシュ通知のみを行って作業者91による特定の操作(特定のオブジェクトの操作)があって初めて作業指示画面D1を表示してもよい。
The control unit 34 controls the third communication unit 31, the display unit 32, and the operation unit 33. The control unit 34 controls the display unit 32 so that a work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) described later is displayed at least when the work instruction is received from the management device 2. As a result, the worker 91 carrying the worker terminal 3 can confirm the work instruction by looking at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the display unit 32 of the worker terminal 3. Here, the control unit 34 may display the work instruction screen D1 immediately upon receiving the work instruction, or may perform only push notification and perform a specific operation (operation of a specific object) by the operator 91. The work instruction screen D1 may be displayed for the first time.
本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、コンピュータシステム(ここでは作業者端末3)のグラフィカルユーザインタフェース(GUI)上で用いられる。つまり、コンピュータシステムを主構成とする作業者端末3は、1以上のプロセッサ(制御部34)が、グラフィカルユーザインタフェース上において、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法を実行し、表示部32に作業指示画面D1の表示を行う。さらに、作業者端末3は、グラフィカルユーザインタフェース上において、1以上のプロセッサ(制御部)が、作業指示画面D1上での作業者91の操作を受け付ける。画面表示方法の詳細については、「(3)画面表示方法」の欄で説明する。
The screen display method according to this embodiment is used on a graphical user interface (GUI) of a computer system (here, the worker terminal 3). That is, in the worker terminal 3 whose main configuration is a computer system, one or more processors (control units 34) execute the screen display method according to the present embodiment on the graphical user interface, and instruct the display unit 32 to work. The screen D1 is displayed. Further, in the worker terminal 3, on the graphical user interface, one or more processors (control units) accept the operation of the worker 91 on the work instruction screen D1. Details of the screen display method will be described in the column of "(3) Screen display method".
本実施形態では、図2に示すように、作業者端末3の制御部34に、上述した画面表示方法を実行するための機能を発揮する情報取得部341及び表示処理部342が含まれている。つまり、作業者端末3は、情報取得部341及び表示処理部342を制御部34に備えている。これら情報取得部341及び表示処理部342を含む制御部34は、画面表示方法を実行するための機能を発揮するのであって、画面表示システム100を構築する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示システム100は、情報取得部341と、表示処理部342と、を備えている。情報取得部341は、作業者91の作業である第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に関する取得情報を取得する。表示処理部342は、取得情報に基づいて、作業者91に作業を指示するための作業指示画面D1を作業者端末3に表示させる。作業指示画面D1は、第1領域R1(図4参照)と、第2領域R2(図4参照)と、を含む。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1(図4参照)を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2(図4参照)を表示する領域である。
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the control unit 34 of the worker terminal 3 includes an information acquisition unit 341 and a display processing unit 342 that exert a function for executing the screen display method described above. .. That is, the worker terminal 3 includes the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342 in the control unit 34. The control unit 34 including the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342 exerts a function for executing the screen display method, and constructs the screen display system 100. In other words, the screen display system 100 according to this embodiment includes the information acquisition unit 341 and the display processing unit 342. The information acquisition unit 341 acquires acquisition information regarding work schedule information representing a correspondence relationship between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task. The display processing unit 342 causes the worker terminal 3 to display a work instruction screen D1 for instructing the worker 91 to perform work, based on the acquired information. The work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 (see FIG. 4) and a second region R2 (see FIG. 4). The first area R1 is an area for displaying the first object I1 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information. The second region R2 is a region for displaying the second object I2 (see FIG. 4) corresponding to the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task.
ストアコンピュータ6は、店舗9に設置されている。ストアコンピュータ6は、POSシステムであって、店舗9における売り上げを表す売上情報、及び店舗9における商品別の在庫数を表す在庫情報等を保持している。本開示でいう「売上情報」は、商品の販売時点(日時)、販売数及び単価等の情報、並びに当日の売り上げ、当日の売り上げ、及び前年同月の売り上げ等、様々な期間についての売り上げの情報を含む。
The store computer 6 is installed in the store 9. The store computer 6 is a POS system and holds sales information indicating sales at the store 9 and inventory information indicating the number of products in stock at the store 9. The "sales information" referred to in this disclosure is information such as the sales time (date and time) of the product, the number of sales and the unit price, and the sales information for various periods such as sales on the day, sales on the day, and sales in the same month of the previous year. including.
センサ7は、店舗9に設置されている。本開示では、「センサ7」はイメージセンサを搭載したカメラを含む。本実施形態では一例として、図1に示すように、センサ7Aはカメラであって、センサ7Bは電気ポット71に組み込まれた湯量センサであって、センサ7Cはごみ箱72に組み込まれた光学式センサである。センサ7Aは店舗9内の所定のエリアを撮像し、画像データを検知結果としてインタフェース23に出力する。センサ7Bは電気ポット71内の湯量を検知し、センサ7Cはごみ箱72内のごみの量を検知する。
The sensor 7 is installed in the store 9. In the present disclosure, “sensor 7” includes a camera equipped with an image sensor. In the present embodiment, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, the sensor 7A is a camera, the sensor 7B is a hot water sensor incorporated in the electric pot 71, and the sensor 7C is an optical sensor incorporated in the trash 72. Is. The sensor 7A images a predetermined area in the store 9, and outputs the image data as a detection result to the interface 23. The sensor 7B detects the amount of hot water in the electric pot 71, and the sensor 7C detects the amount of dust in the dustbin 72.
検知部27は、店舗9に設置されている。検知部27は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの割当部17にて割り当てられた作業者91による実行を検知する。基本的には、検知部27は、人(作業者91又は管理者等)の操作に依らずに、作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知する。つまり、作業者91が、作業者端末3等を操作して、タスクを実行したことを通知しなくても、検知部27にて、作業者によるタスクの実行を検知することが可能である。
The detection unit 27 is installed in the store 9. The detection unit 27 detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 of the plurality of workers 91 assigned by the assigning unit 17. Basically, the detection unit 27 detects the execution of a task by the worker 91 without depending on the operation of a person (worker 91, administrator, etc.). That is, even if the worker 91 does not operate the worker terminal 3 or the like to notify that the task has been executed, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker.
本実施形態では一例として、検知部27は、無線信号を受信する受信機にて実現される。受信機は、各作業者91が携帯するビーコン(beacon)又は電子タグ等の、無線信号を出力(発信)する発信機911(図8A参照)からの無線信号を受信する。ここで、発信機911は、定期的、不定期又は受信機からの要求に応じて無線信号を出力する。発信機911が出力する無線信号には、発信機911を携帯する各作業者91を識別するための情報(例えば作業者情報)を含んでいる。この種の受信機は、所定の受信可能エリア内に作業者91が進入すると、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を受信し、作業者91を識別するための情報を取得する。
In the present embodiment, as an example, the detection unit 27 is realized by a receiver that receives a wireless signal. The receiver receives a wireless signal from a transmitter 911 (see FIG. 8A) that outputs (transmits) a wireless signal, such as a beacon or an electronic tag carried by each worker 91. Here, the transmitter 911 outputs a radio signal periodically, irregularly, or in response to a request from the receiver. The wireless signal output by the transmitter 911 includes information (for example, worker information) for identifying each worker 91 carrying the transmitter 911. When a worker 91 enters a predetermined receivable area, this type of receiver receives a radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91 and acquires information for identifying the worker 91. To do.
このような受信機からなる検知部27は、店舗9において、作業者91が特定のタスクを実行する場所(以下、「作業エリア」ともいう)に、受信可能エリアを設定する。これにより、作業者91が特定のタスクを実行するために作業エリアに進入すると、作業者91が受信可能エリアに進入することになり、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を検知部27が受信する。これにより、検知部27は、特定のタスクについて、作業者91による実行を検知することができる。
The detection unit 27 composed of such a receiver sets a receivable area at a place where the worker 91 executes a specific task (hereinafter, also referred to as a “work area”) in the store 9. As a result, when the worker 91 enters the work area to perform a specific task, the worker 91 enters the receivable area, and the radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91 is transmitted. The detection unit 27 receives the signal. As a result, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution by the worker 91 for a specific task.
発生検知部28は、第2タスクの発生を検知する。つまり、発生検知部28は、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されるタスクである第1タスクとは別のタスクである第2タスクについて、その発生を検知する。
The occurrence detection unit 28 detects the occurrence of the second task. That is, the occurrence detection unit 28 detects the occurrence of the second task that is a task different from the first task that is the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information.
本実施形態では、第2タスクに係る作業は、会計に関連する作業と調理に関連する作業と接客に関連する作業との少なくとも1つを含む。会計に関連する作業の例としては、レジ対応、ファストフードの販売等がある。調理に関連する作業の例としては、ファストフード対応(調理)等がある。接客に関連する作業の例としては、年齢確認等がある。
In the present embodiment, the work related to the second task includes at least one of work related to accounting, work related to cooking, and work related to customer service. Examples of accounting-related work include cash register support and fast food sales. Examples of work related to cooking include fast food support (cooking). An example of work related to customer service is age confirmation.
本実施形態では一例として、発生検知部28は、人感センサにて実現される。人感センサからなる発生検知部28は、店舗9において、例えば、顧客92が作業者91からの応対を受ける場所(以下、「応対エリア」ともいう)に、人感知エリアを設定する。これにより、顧客92が作業者91からの応対を受けるために応対エリアに進入すると、顧客92が人感知エリアに進入することになり、この顧客92を発生検知部28が感知する。これにより、発生検知部28は、例えば、レジ対応等の顧客92に起因した作業(第2タスク)の発生を検知することができる。
In the present embodiment, as an example, the occurrence detection unit 28 is realized by a motion sensor. The generation detection unit 28 composed of a motion sensor sets a human detection area in the store 9, for example, at a place where the customer 92 receives a response from the worker 91 (hereinafter, also referred to as a “response area”). As a result, when the customer 92 enters the reception area in order to receive the reception from the worker 91, the customer 92 enters the person detection area, and the generation detection unit 28 detects the customer 92. As a result, the occurrence detection unit 28 can detect the occurrence of work (second task) caused by the customer 92, such as cashier support.
発生検知部28で第2タスクの発生が検知されると、第2タスクは割当部17にて複数人の作業者91のいずれかに割り当てられ、第2タスクは指示部24にて複数人の作業者91のいずれかに指示される。言い換えれば、指示部24は、発生検知部28の検知結果に基づいて、第2タスクを複数人の作業者91のいずれかに指示する。これにより、指示部24では、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されている第1タスクについてだけでなく、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されていない第2タスクについても、作業者91への指示が可能となる。
When the occurrence detection unit 28 detects the occurrence of the second task, the second task is assigned to one of a plurality of workers 91 by the allocation unit 17, and the second task is assigned to a plurality of workers by the instruction unit 24. Instructed by one of the workers 91. In other words, the instruction unit 24 instructs the second task to any of the plurality of workers 91 based on the detection result of the occurrence detection unit 28. As a result, the instruction unit 24 sends the worker 91 not only to the first task whose instruction timing is specified in the work schedule information but also to the second task whose instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information. Can be instructed.
管理者端末8は、例えば、店舗9の管理者(オーナ又は店長等)に携帯されている。本実施形態では一例として、管理者端末8は汎用のスマートフォンである。管理者端末8では、1以上のプロセッサがメモリに記録されているプログラムを実行することにより、少なくとも管理者端末8として機能する。プログラムはメモリに予め記録されていてもよいし、インターネット等の電気通信回線を通して提供されてもよく、メモリカード等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。
The manager terminal 8 is carried by, for example, the manager (owner, store manager, etc.) of the store 9. In the present embodiment, as an example, the administrator terminal 8 is a general-purpose smartphone. In the administrator terminal 8, one or more processors execute the program recorded in the memory to function as at least the administrator terminal 8. The program may be pre-recorded in a memory, provided through a telecommunication line such as the Internet, or may be recorded and provided on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card.
また、本実施形態においては、図2に示すように、ネットワーク4にデータサーバ40が接続されている。データサーバ40は、店舗9の周辺の天気(予報を含む)、店舗9の周辺で開催されるイベント(スポーツの試合及びコンサート等)の有無等の情報を、周辺情報として配信する。データサーバ40から配信されるこれらの周辺情報は、店舗9の状況に関する店舗情報として、サーバ装置1(取得部12)に供給される。
Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the data server 40 is connected to the network 4. The data server 40 distributes information such as the weather around the store 9 (including forecasts) and the presence or absence of events (sports games, concerts, etc.) held around the store 9 as peripheral information. The peripheral information distributed from the data server 40 is supplied to the server device 1 (acquisition unit 12) as store information regarding the situation of the store 9.
(2.2)動作
以下、上述したような構成の店舗支援システム10の動作について説明する。 (2.2) Operation The operation of thestore support system 10 having the above-described configuration will be described below.
以下、上述したような構成の店舗支援システム10の動作について説明する。 (2.2) Operation The operation of the
(2.2.1)作業指示
まず、作業者91に対して作業指示を出すための店舗支援システム10の動作について、図3及び図4を参照して説明する。ここでは、実績出力部18の動作について、上述した1つ目の態様として、つまり作業者端末3から受信した完了通知に基づいて、実績情報を生成する場合を例として説明する。上述した2つ目の態様に係る実績出力部18の動作、つまり実績出力部18が検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合の動作については、「(2.2.5)実績情報の生成」の欄で説明する。 (2.2.1) Work Instruction First, the operation of thestore support system 10 for issuing a work instruction to the worker 91 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4. Here, the operation of the actual result output unit 18 will be described as an example of the first aspect described above, that is, the case where the actual result information is generated based on the completion notification received from the worker terminal 3. Regarding the operation of the actual result output unit 18 according to the second aspect described above, that is, the operation when the actual result output unit 18 generates the actual result information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, “(2.2.5)). It will be described in the section of “generation of performance information”.
まず、作業者91に対して作業指示を出すための店舗支援システム10の動作について、図3及び図4を参照して説明する。ここでは、実績出力部18の動作について、上述した1つ目の態様として、つまり作業者端末3から受信した完了通知に基づいて、実績情報を生成する場合を例として説明する。上述した2つ目の態様に係る実績出力部18の動作、つまり実績出力部18が検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合の動作については、「(2.2.5)実績情報の生成」の欄で説明する。 (2.2.1) Work Instruction First, the operation of the
店舗支援システム10の動作が開始すると、図3に示すように、まずはサーバ装置1のスケジュール生成部13にて作業スケジュール情報の生成を行う(S1)。作業スケジュール情報の生成に係る処理について詳しくは「(2.2.2)作業スケジュール情報の生成」の欄にて説明する。生成された作業スケジュール情報は、サーバ装置1の出力部14にて出力され、サーバ装置1(第1通信部11)から管理装置2に送信される。管理装置2は、受信した作業スケジュール情報を記憶部25に記憶する。
When the operation of the store support system 10 starts, as shown in FIG. 3, first, the work schedule information is generated by the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 (S1). Details of the process related to the generation of work schedule information will be described in the section “(2.2.2) Generation of work schedule information”. The generated work schedule information is output by the output unit 14 of the server device 1, and is transmitted from the server device 1 (first communication unit 11) to the management device 2. The management device 2 stores the received work schedule information in the storage unit 25.
ここにおいて、スケジュール生成部13は、店舗9の複数人の作業者91の作業である複数のタスクについての作業スケジュール情報を生成する。言い換えれば、スケジュール生成部13では、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91Cのタスクを総括的に管理する1つの作業スケジュールが生成される。
Here, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information about a plurality of tasks that are works of a plurality of workers 91 in the store 9. In other words, the schedule generation unit 13 generates one work schedule that comprehensively manages the tasks of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C.
次に、店舗支援システム10は、管理装置2の指示部24にて、作業スケジュール情報に従って作業指示を生成して送信する(S2)。本実施形態では、指示部24は、現在時刻が作業スケジュール情報において規定されている指示タイミングになると、この指示タイミングに対応するタスクの実行を指示する作業指示を送信する。作業指示は、管理装置2に登録されている複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cに対して、管理装置2の第2通信部21から無線通信により送信される。具体的には、管理装置2は、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cに対してマルチキャストにより一斉(同時)に作業指示を送信する。指示部24は、作業スケジュール情報において規定されている指示タイミングに作業指示を送信する構成に限らず、指示タイミングよりも前の時点にて、指示タイミングを示す情報を含む作業指示を送信し、作業者91に対し予約方式でタスクを指示してもよい。
Next, the store support system 10 causes the instruction unit 24 of the management device 2 to generate and transmit a work instruction according to the work schedule information (S2). In the present embodiment, when the current time reaches the instruction timing specified in the work schedule information, the instruction unit 24 transmits a work instruction instructing the execution of the task corresponding to the instruction timing. The work instruction is transmitted by wireless communication from the second communication unit 21 of the management device 2 to the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C registered in the management device 2. Specifically, the management device 2 simultaneously (simultaneously) transmits work instructions to a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C by multicast. The instruction unit 24 is not limited to the configuration in which the work instruction is transmitted at the instruction timing specified in the work schedule information, and at a time before the instruction timing, the instruction unit 24 transmits the work instruction including the information indicating the instruction timing to perform the work. The person 91 may be instructed to perform a task by a reservation method.
これにより、各作業者端末3は、作業指示を受信する(S3)。作業指示を受信した作業者端末3は、例えば、着信音、発光機能又はバイブレーション機能により着信通知を行い、作業指示画面D1(図4参照)を表示部32にて表示する。このとき、店舗支援システム10は、管理装置2にて、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91Cのいずれかにより作業指示が受諾されたか否かの判定を行う(S4)。作業指示が受諾されなかった場合(S4:No)、店舗支援システム10は、処理S1に戻り、サーバ装置1のスケジュール生成部13にて作業スケジュール情報の生成(更新)を行う。
By this, each worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction (S3). The worker terminal 3 that has received the work instruction notifies the incoming call by, for example, a ring tone, a light emitting function, or a vibration function, and displays the work instruction screen D1 (see FIG. 4) on the display unit 32. At this time, the store support system 10 determines whether or not the work instruction has been accepted by any of the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, and 91C by the management device 2 (S4). When the work instruction is not accepted (S4: No), the store support system 10 returns to the process S1 and the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 generates (updates) the work schedule information.
一方、いずれかの作業者91が作業指示を受諾すると(S4:Yes)、店舗支援システム10は、管理装置2にて、作業指示で実行を指示したタスクが完了したか否かの判定を行う(S5)。タスクが完了しなかった場合(S5:No)、店舗支援システム10は、処理S1に戻り、サーバ装置1のスケジュール生成部13にて作業スケジュール情報の生成(更新)を行う。一方、タスクが完了すると(S5:Yes)、店舗支援システム10は、サーバ装置1の実績出力部18にて実績情報を生成し、実績情報をログ記録部15に記録する(S6)。つまり、タスクの完了時に作業者端末3から管理装置2を介してサーバ装置1に送信される完了通知に基づいて、サーバ装置1のログ記録部15に実績情報が記録される。サーバ装置1に記録された実績情報は、例えば、管理者端末8又は管理装置2にて適宜閲覧可能である。
On the other hand, when any of the workers 91 accepts the work instruction (S4: Yes), the store support system 10 causes the management device 2 to determine whether or not the task instructed to be executed by the work instruction is completed. (S5). When the task is not completed (S5: No), the store support system 10 returns to the process S1 and the schedule generation unit 13 of the server device 1 generates (updates) the work schedule information. On the other hand, when the task is completed (S5: Yes), the shop support system 10 generates the performance information in the performance output unit 18 of the server device 1 and records the performance information in the log recording unit 15 (S6). That is, the actual information is recorded in the log recording unit 15 of the server device 1 based on the completion notification transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2 when the task is completed. The actual information recorded in the server device 1 can be appropriately browsed by, for example, the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2.
下記表1に作業スケジュール情報の一例を示す。
Table 1 below shows an example of work schedule information.
表1の例では、作業スケジュール情報は、作業指示時刻、優先度、タスク名、状況及び担当を含む。「作業指示時刻」は作業指示の送信時刻であって指示タイミングに相当する。「優先度」はタスクを優先すべき程度を表す度数(例えば、高、中及び低の3段階)である。「タスク名」はタスクの種類ごとに付された名称である。「状況」はタスクの進捗状況(例えば、完了、受付中及び未対応の3段階)、「担当」はタスクを実行した又は実行中の作業者91を識別するための名称である。
In the example of Table 1, the work schedule information includes the work instruction time, priority, task name, status, and charge. The “work instruction time” is the work instruction transmission time and corresponds to the instruction timing. The "priority" is a frequency (for example, three levels of high, medium, and low) indicating the degree to which the task should be prioritized. The “task name” is a name given to each type of task. "Status" is the progress status of the task (for example, three stages of completed, accepted, and unsupported), and "charge" is a name for identifying the worker 91 who has executed or is executing the task.
下記表2に実績情報の一例を示す。
-Table 2 below shows an example of performance information.
表2の例では、実績情報は、作業指示時刻、優先度、タスク名、状況、標準時間、担当、受付時刻、完了時刻、所要時間、作業報告及び前回作業履歴を含み、タスクごとにログ記録部15に記録されている。「標準時間」はタスクの実行に要する標準的な時間であって、タスクの開始から完了までに要する時間を表す標準時間情報に相当する。「受付時刻」はタスクが受諾された時刻、「完了時刻」はタスクが完了した時刻(完了通知の送信時刻)、「所要時間」はタスクの実行に要した時間、「作業報告」はタスクの実行を示すデータのファイル名等、「前回作業履歴」はタスクの前回の実行時の情報である。
In the example of Table 2, the actual information includes work instruction time, priority, task name, status, standard time, charge, reception time, completion time, required time, work report and previous work history, and is logged for each task. It is recorded in part 15. The “standard time” is a standard time required to execute the task, and corresponds to standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task. "Reception time" is the time when the task was accepted, "Completion time" is the time when the task was completed (time when the completion notification was sent), "Time required" is the time required to execute the task, and "Work report" is the task The "previous work history", such as the file name of the data indicating execution, is the information at the time of the previous execution of the task.
店舗支援システム10は、以上説明した処理S1~S6を繰り返し実行することにより、作業者91に対して随時、作業指示を出す。
The store support system 10 issues a work instruction to the worker 91 at any time by repeatedly executing the processes S1 to S6 described above.
ところで、作業者端末3が作業指示を受信した際には、作業者端末3は、図4に示すように、作業指示画面D1を表示する。本実施形態では一例として、作業指示画面D1は、図4に示すように、横方向(水平方向)の寸法が縦方向(垂直方向)の寸法よりも大きい、横長の画面である。図4は、表示部32に表示される作業指示画面D1の具体例を示しており、領域を示す一点鎖線及び参照符号は説明のために表記しているに過ぎず、実際には、これらの一点鎖線及び参照符号は表示部32に表示されない。
By the way, when the worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction, the worker terminal 3 displays the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, as an example, the work instruction screen D1 is a horizontally long screen in which the horizontal dimension (horizontal direction) is larger than the vertical dimension (vertical direction), as shown in FIG. FIG. 4 shows a specific example of the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the display unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the area are shown only for explanation, and in reality, these are shown. The alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32.
作業者端末3が作業者91の二の腕部分に装着された状態においては、作業指示画面D1の長辺(表示部32の長辺)が、作業者91の肩と肘とを結ぶ直線に沿うことになる。本実施形態では、上述したように作業者端末3は、作業者91の左腕の二の腕部分に装着されるので、図4に矢印で示すように、作業指示画面D1の左側が「肩」側、作業指示画面D1の右側が「肘」側となる。そして、作業者91は、右手で作業者端末3を操作するので、作業指示画面D1においては、右端部(肘側の端部)に近づくほど操作しやすくなる。
When the worker terminal 3 is attached to the forearm of the worker 91, the long side of the work instruction screen D1 (the long side of the display unit 32) should be along a straight line connecting the shoulder and the elbow of the worker 91. become. In the present embodiment, since the worker terminal 3 is attached to the left arm of the worker 91 as described above, the left side of the work instruction screen D1 is the “shoulder” side, as indicated by the arrow in FIG. The right side of the work instruction screen D1 is the “elbow” side. Since the worker 91 operates the worker terminal 3 with his / her right hand, the closer to the right end portion (the end portion on the elbow side) of the work instruction screen D1, the easier the operation becomes.
図4に示すように、作業指示画面D1は、第1領域R1と、第2領域R2と、を含む。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2を表示する領域である。さらに、作業指示画面D1は、メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4を含んでいる。
As shown in FIG. 4, the work instruction screen D1 includes a first area R1 and a second area R2. The first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information. The second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2, which is the work of the worker 91 and corresponds to the second task different from the first task. Further, the work instruction screen D1 includes a menu display area R3 and a time display area R4.
作業者91は、作業者端末3に表示される画面(作業指示画面D1等)上で、作業指示の受諾(図3のS4)、及びタスクの完了報告(図3のS5)等のための操作を行う。作業者端末3に表示される画面の表示は、コンピュータシステム(ここでは作業者端末3)のグラフィカルユーザインタフェース(GUI)上で用いられる画面表示方法にて実現される。そのため、作業者端末3に表示される画面、及び画面上での作業者91の操作等について詳しくは、「(3)画面表示方法」の欄で説明する。
The worker 91 is for accepting the work instruction (S4 in FIG. 3), reporting the completion of the task (S5 in FIG. 3), and the like on the screen (work instruction screen D1 and the like) displayed on the worker terminal 3. Do the operation. The display of the screen displayed on the worker terminal 3 is realized by the screen display method used on the graphical user interface (GUI) of the computer system (here, the worker terminal 3). Therefore, the screen displayed on the worker terminal 3 and the operation of the worker 91 on the screen will be described in detail in the section “(3) Screen display method”.
また、上述した動作例では、サーバ装置1から管理装置2に作業スケジュール情報が送信され、管理装置2から作業者端末3に作業指示が送信される場合を示したが、この例に限らない。例えば、サーバ装置1は、管理装置2を介さずに、作業者端末3に対して作業スケジュール情報又は作業指示を送信してもよい。同様に、上述した動作例では、作業者端末3から管理装置2を介してサーバ装置1に完了通知が送信される場合を示したが、この例に限らない。例えば、作業者端末3は、管理装置2を介さずに、サーバ装置1に対して完了通知を送信してもよい。
Further, in the above-described operation example, the case where the work schedule information is transmitted from the server device 1 to the management device 2 and the work instruction is transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3 has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the server device 1 may transmit the work schedule information or the work instruction to the worker terminal 3 without going through the management device 2. Similarly, in the above-described operation example, the case where the completion notification is transmitted from the worker terminal 3 to the server device 1 via the management device 2 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, the worker terminal 3 may send a completion notification to the server device 1 without going through the management device 2.
ところで、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cを備えているので、これら複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cで作業指示の受諾が重複して行われることを防止するために、以下の構成を採用している。
By the way, since the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment includes a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C, acceptance of work instructions is duplicated at the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C. The following configuration is adopted in order to prevent the following.
すなわち、まず管理装置2は、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cに対して指示部24にて一斉に作業指示を送信する。ここで、作業者端末3において作業指示が受諾されると、作業者端末3は、管理装置2又はサーバ装置1に対して受諾通知を送信する。複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cのうち1台の作業者端末3からなる第1端末が受諾通知を管理装置2又はサーバ装置1に送信すると、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cのうち第1端末とは異なる作業者端末3からなる第2端末に対して通知信号が送信される。
That is, first, the management device 2 simultaneously transmits work instructions to the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C by the instruction unit 24. Here, when the work instruction is accepted by the worker terminal 3, the worker terminal 3 transmits an acceptance notification to the management device 2 or the server device 1. When the first terminal, which is one of the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, and 3C, sends an acceptance notification to the management device 2 or the server device 1, the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, The notification signal is transmitted to the second terminal, which is the worker terminal 3 different from the first terminal in 3C.
一例として、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cのうち1台の作業者端末3Aが受諾通知を管理装置2に送信する場合には、作業者端末3Aが第1端末となり、作業者端末3B,3Cの各々は第2端末となる。この場合、第1端末である作業者端末3Aが受諾通知を送信すると、第2端末である作業者端末3B,3Cに対しては通知信号が送信されることになる。通知信号は、例えば第1端末(上記例では作業者端末3A)からの受諾通知を受けた管理装置2又はサーバ装置1から、第2端末(上記例では作業者端末3B,3C)に送信される。これにより、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cのうち1台の作業者端末3Aが受諾通知を管理装置2又はサーバ装置1に送信したことが、その他の作業者端末3B,3Cに通知されることになる。ここで、通知信号は、第1端末を特定するための情報、つまり上記例では受諾通知の送信元(第1端末)が作業者端末3Aであることを表す情報を、含んでいてもよい。
As an example, when one worker terminal 3A among the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C sends an acceptance notification to the management device 2, the worker terminal 3A becomes the first terminal, and the worker terminal 3A Each of 3B and 3C serves as a second terminal. In this case, when the worker terminal 3A, which is the first terminal, transmits the acceptance notification, the notification signal is transmitted to the worker terminals 3B, 3C, which are the second terminals. The notification signal is transmitted to the second terminal ( worker terminals 3B and 3C in the above example) from the management device 2 or the server device 1 that has received the acceptance notification from the first terminal (worker terminal 3A in the above example), for example. It As a result, one of the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C notifies the other worker terminals 3B, 3C that one worker terminal 3A has transmitted the acceptance notification to the management device 2 or the server device 1. Will be done. Here, the notification signal may include information for identifying the first terminal, that is, information indicating that the transmission source (first terminal) of the acceptance notification is the worker terminal 3A in the above example.
作業者端末3は、通知信号を受信すると、表示部32での作業指示画面D1の表示を終了してもよい。つまり、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cのうち1台の作業者端末3(第1端末)で作業指示が受諾された場合、その他の作業者端末3(第2端末)では通知信号を受けて作業指示画面D1の表示が自動的に終了してもよい。
When the worker terminal 3 receives the notification signal, the worker terminal 3 may end the display of the work instruction screen D1 on the display unit 32. That is, when the work instruction is accepted by one worker terminal 3 (first terminal) among the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C, the notification signal is received by the other worker terminals 3 (second terminal). In response to this, the display of the work instruction screen D1 may be automatically terminated.
(2.2.2)作業スケジュール情報の生成
次に、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10における作業スケジュール情報の生成に係る処理について、図5及び図6を参照して詳しく説明する。 (2.2.2) Generation of Work Schedule Information Next, the process related to the generation of work schedule information in thestore support system 10 according to the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
次に、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10における作業スケジュール情報の生成に係る処理について、図5及び図6を参照して詳しく説明する。 (2.2.2) Generation of Work Schedule Information Next, the process related to the generation of work schedule information in the
図5は、本実施形態におけるスケジュール生成部13での作業スケジュール情報の生成に係る処理を概念的に表している。すなわち、本実施形態では、スケジュール生成部13は、マスタデータ、作業者情報、不定期タスク情報、売上情報、来客予測データ及び売上予測データに基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。
FIG. 5 conceptually shows the process related to the generation of work schedule information in the schedule generation unit 13 in this embodiment. That is, in the present embodiment, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on master data, worker information, irregular task information, sales information, visitor forecast data, and sales forecast data.
本開示でいう「マスタデータ」は、作業スケジュール情報の生成に用いられるデータであって、少なくとも指示タイミングの基準となる基準タイミング情報を含む。言い換えれば、マスタデータは、デフォルトの作業スケジュール情報に相当するデータであって、マスタデータがカスタマイズされることにより作業スケジュール情報が生成される。本実施形態においては、マスタデータは、タスクの開始から完了までに要する時間を表す標準時間情報を更に含む。また、本開示でいう「来客予測データ」は、店舗9に設置された各種センサ7の検知結果、及び予約状況、店舗9の周辺の天気、店舗9の周辺で開催されるイベントの有無及び時間帯、過去の来客実績データ等から推定(予測)される、将来の客数のデータである。本開示でいう「売上予測データ」は、店舗9に設置された各種センサ7の検知結果、及び予約状況、店舗9の周辺の天気、店舗9の周辺で開催されるイベントの有無及び時間帯、過去の売上実績データ等から推定(予測)される、将来の売り上げのデータである。また、来客予測データ及び売上予測データの推定には、例えば、店舗9で実施されるキャンペーンの情報、並びにチラシの配布状況及び広告の配信状況を含む宣伝状況等が用いられてもよい。
The “master data” referred to in the present disclosure is data used to generate work schedule information, and includes at least reference timing information serving as a reference for instruction timing. In other words, the master data is data corresponding to the default work schedule information, and the work schedule information is generated by customizing the master data. In the present embodiment, the master data further includes standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task. In addition, the "visitor prediction data" referred to in the present disclosure includes the detection results of various sensors 7 installed in the store 9, the reservation status, the weather around the store 9, the presence / absence and time of events held around the store 9. This is data of the number of customers in the future, which is estimated (predicted) from the obi belt, past visitor record data, and the like. The "sales forecast data" referred to in the present disclosure includes the detection results and reservation status of various sensors 7 installed in the store 9, the weather around the store 9, the presence or absence of events held around the store 9, and the time zone. It is data of future sales estimated (predicted) from past sales performance data and the like. Further, for the estimation of the visitor forecast data and the sales forecast data, for example, information on the campaign carried out at the store 9, and the advertising status including the distribution status of the leaflet and the distribution status of the advertisement may be used.
ここで、作業者情報、売上情報、来客予測データ及び売上予測データは、店舗9の状況に関する店舗情報に相当する。言い換えれば、店舗情報は、作業者情報、売上情報、来客予測データ及び売上予測データを含んでいる。また、本実施形態においては、マスタデータは、基準タイミング情報以外に、タスクに関する情報も含んでおり、タスク情報に相当する。言い換えれば、タスク情報は、マスタデータ及び不定期タスク情報を含んでいる。要するに、スケジュール生成部13は、タスクに関するタスク情報、及び店舗9の状況に関する店舗情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。マスタデータは、管理者端末8又は管理装置2等において適宜作成又は編集等が可能である。
Here, the worker information, the sales information, the visitor forecast data, and the sales forecast data correspond to store information regarding the situation of the store 9. In other words, the store information includes worker information, sales information, visitor forecast data, and sales forecast data. In addition, in the present embodiment, the master data includes task information in addition to the reference timing information, and corresponds to task information. In other words, the task information includes master data and irregular task information. In short, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on the task information regarding the task and the store information regarding the situation of the store 9. The master data can be appropriately created or edited in the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2 or the like.
本実施形態においては、スケジュール生成部13は、店舗9における売り上げを基軸として、作業スケジュール情報を生成する。すなわち、スケジュール生成部13では、タスクを確実に実行することよりも、店舗9の売り上げを向上させることを優先した場合に、有効なタイミングでタスクを実行させるように、タスク情報及び店舗情報に基づいて作業スケジュール情報を生成する。例えば、あるタスクについて、マスタデータにおいて規定される指示タイミングで実行させるよりも、指示タイミングを前倒し又は後倒しした方が店舗9の売り上げが向上するような場合、スケジュール生成部13はこのタスクの指示タイミングを変更する。このように、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、タスクに関するタスク情報、及び店舗9の状況に関する店舗情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成するので、店舗9の状況に合わせた適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能である。
In the present embodiment, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on sales at the store 9. That is, the schedule generation unit 13 is based on the task information and the store information so that the task is executed at an effective timing when the priority is given to improving the sales of the store 9 rather than surely executing the task. To generate work schedule information. For example, in the case where the sales of the store 9 are improved by advancing or deferring the instruction timing for a certain task rather than executing the instruction at the instruction timing defined in the master data, the schedule generation unit 13 instructs the schedule generation unit 13 to instruct the task. Change the timing. As described above, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment generates work schedule information based on the task information regarding the task and the store information regarding the situation of the store 9, so that the appropriate work according to the situation of the store 9 is performed. It is possible to give instructions.
下記表3にマスタデータの一例を示す。
Table 3 below shows an example of master data.
表3の例では、マスタデータは、タスク名、標準時間、開始予定時刻、前倒し制限時刻、後倒し制限時刻、優先度、要求スキルレベル、前倒し可能フラグ、後倒し可能フラグ、延期可能フラグ、中断可能フラグ、レジからの距離、作業周期及び作業分類を含む。「標準時間」は、上述したようにタスクの開始から完了までに要する時間を表す標準時間情報に相当する。「開始予定時刻」はタスクを開始する予定時刻であって、指示タイミングの基準(デフォルト値)となる基準タイミング情報に相当する。「前倒し制限時刻」はタスクを前倒しする際のリミットとなる時刻、「後倒し制限時刻」は作業周期内でタスクを後倒しする際のリミットとなる時刻である。「要求スキルレベル」はタスクの実行に要求される作業者91のスキルレベル、「前倒し可能フラグ」はタスクの前倒しが可能か否かを表すフラグ、「後倒し可能フラグ」は作業周期内でタスクの後倒しが可能か否かを表すフラグである。本開示でいう「スキルレベル」は、作業者91の経験値等に応じた作業スキルを表す指標であって、例えば、初心者、レギュラ又はリーダ等で段階的に表される。「延期可能フラグ」はタスクの指示タイミングを、作業周期を超えて例えば翌日等に延期可能か否かを表すフラグ、「中断可能フラグ」はタスクを中断可能か否かを表すフラグである。「レジからの距離」は、タスクを実行する作業者91に推奨されるレジ(レジカウンタ)からの距離を表すデータであって、レジ(レジカウンタ)から近い順に、「レジ内」、「レジ近」及び「レジ遠」となる。「作業周期」は定期タスクについての繰り返しの周期、「作業分類」はタスクの種類であって、Q(Quality)、S(Service)、C(Cleanliness)のいずれかに分類される。
In the example of Table 3, the master data includes the task name, standard time, scheduled start time, forward limit time, backward limit time, priority, required skill level, forward possible flag, backward possible flag, postponement flag, and interruption. Includes possible flag, distance from cash register, work cycle and work classification. As described above, the "standard time" corresponds to the standard time information representing the time required from the start to the completion of the task. The “scheduled start time” is the scheduled time to start the task, and corresponds to the reference timing information that is the reference (default value) of the instruction timing. The "advanced time limit" is the time limit for advancing the task, and the "advanced time limit time" is the time limit for advancing the task within the work cycle. The "required skill level" is the skill level of the worker 91 required to execute the task, the "advanceable flag" is a flag indicating whether or not the task can be advanced, and the "advanceable flag" is the task within the work cycle. This is a flag that indicates whether or not it is possible to postpone. The "skill level" referred to in the present disclosure is an index showing work skills according to the experience value of the worker 91, and is represented stepwise by, for example, a beginner, a regular, a leader, or the like. The "postponeable flag" is a flag indicating whether the instruction timing of the task can be postponed beyond the work cycle, for example, on the next day, and the "interruptible flag" is a flag indicating whether the task can be interrupted. The "distance from the cash register" is data representing the distance from the cash register (cash register counter) recommended to the worker 91 who executes the task, and is "inside the cash register" and "cash register" in order from the cash register (cash register counter). It becomes "near" and "cash register far". The "work cycle" is a cycle of repetition for a regular task, and the "work classification" is a type of task, which is classified into one of Q (Quality), S (Service), and C (Cleanliness).
下記表4に作業者情報の一例を示す。
Table 4 below shows an example of worker information.
表4の例では、作業者情報は、店員名、勤続年数、スキルレベル、勤務シフト情報及び作業実績評価を含む。「店員名」は作業者91を識別するための名称、「勤続年数」は作業者91ごとの店舗9での勤続年数である。「勤務シフト情報」は作業者91ごとの勤務時間割である。「作業実績評価」は作業者91が実行したタスクについての評価値(例えば、A,B,Cランクの3段階評価)である。このような作業者情報のうち「勤務シフト情報」については、例えば、管理装置2、作業者端末3又は管理者端末8のいずれかにおいて、作業者91又は管理者からの操作に応じて適宜入力される。
In the example of Table 4, the worker information includes the clerk name, years of service, skill level, work shift information, and work performance evaluation. The "clerk name" is a name for identifying the worker 91, and the "years of service" is the number of years of service at the store 9 for each worker 91. "Work shift information" is a work timetable for each worker 91. The "work performance evaluation" is an evaluation value (for example, three-stage evaluation of A, B, and C ranks) for the task executed by the worker 91. Of such worker information, "work shift information" is appropriately input in any of the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, or the manager terminal 8 according to the operation from the worker 91 or the manager, for example. To be done.
図6は、作業スケジュール情報の生成に係る処理を示すフローチャートである。すなわち、スケジュール生成部13は、図6に示すように、マスタデータ、不定期タスク情報、売上情報、売上予測データ、来客予測データ及び作業者情報を順に読み込む(S11~S16)。ここで、例えば、マスタデータ、売上情報、売上予測データ、来客予測データ及び作業者情報については、取得部12によって、管理装置2又はストアコンピュータ6から取得される。不定期タスク情報については、タスク生成部16にて生成される。不定期タスク情報の生成に際し、サーバ装置1は、まずセンサ7の検知結果(センシング情報)を取得部12にて管理装置2から取得し、さらに、売上情報及び来客予測データを、取得部12にて管理装置2又はストアコンピュータ6から取得する。タスク生成部16は、店舗9の状況が、作業者91による処置が必要と判定すれば、この処置をタスクとして、このタスクに優先度を付与し、不定期タスク情報を生成する。これにより、不定期タスクに関するタスク情報である不定期タスク情報が自動的に生成される。
FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a process related to generation of work schedule information. That is, as shown in FIG. 6, the schedule generation unit 13 reads the master data, the irregular task information, the sales information, the sales forecast data, the visitor forecast data, and the worker information in order (S11 to S16). Here, for example, the master data, the sales information, the sales forecast data, the visitor forecast data, and the worker information are acquired from the management device 2 or the store computer 6 by the acquisition unit 12. The irregular task information is generated by the task generator 16. When generating the irregular task information, the server device 1 first acquires the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7 from the management device 2 in the acquisition unit 12, and further acquires the sales information and the visitor prediction data in the acquisition unit 12. Obtained from the management device 2 or the store computer 6. If the situation of the store 9 determines that the action by the worker 91 is necessary, the task generation unit 16 sets this action as a task, gives priority to this task, and generates irregular task information. As a result, irregular task information, which is task information regarding irregular tasks, is automatically generated.
次に、スケジュール生成部13は、処理S11~S16で読み込んだ店舗情報(作業者情報、売上情報、来客予測データ及び売上予測データ)、及びタスク情報(マスタデータ及び不定期タスク情報)に基づいて、対象期間の作業負荷の大きさを予測する(S17)。本開示でいう「作業負荷」は、タスクを実行するのに必要な作業者91の労働力、つまり人的資源を意味する。本実施形態では一例として、作業負荷は、1時間当たりの1人の作業者91の労働力であるマン・アワー(MH:man-hour)を単位とする。例えば、作業者91が1人で作業に30分を要するタスクであれば、このタスクの作業負荷は「0.5」となる。本開示でいう「対象期間」は、作業スケジュール情報の生成の対象となる期間であって、「8:00-9:00」、「9:00-10:00」及び「10:00-11:00」という時間帯ごとに作業スケジュール情報を生成する場合、各時間帯が対象期間となる。
Next, the schedule generation unit 13 is based on the store information (worker information, sales information, visitor forecast data and sales forecast data) and task information (master data and irregular task information) read in the processes S11 to S16. , Predict the magnitude of the workload during the target period (S17). The “work load” in the present disclosure means the work force of the worker 91, that is, the human resource, required to execute the task. In the present embodiment, as an example, the work load is in the unit of man hour (MH: man-hour), which is the work force of one worker 91 per hour. For example, if a single worker 91 is a task that requires 30 minutes to work, the work load of this task is “0.5”. The "target period" referred to in the present disclosure is a period for which work schedule information is generated, and is "8: 00-9: 00", "9: 00-10: 00", and "10: 00-11". When the work schedule information is generated for each time zone ": 00", each time zone is the target period.
次に、スケジュール生成部13は、店舗情報及びタスク情報に基づいて、タスクの指示タイミングを判定するための作業タイミング判定処理を行う(S18)。つまり、作業タイミング判定処理では、タスクと指示タイミングとの対応関係を決定する。作業タイミング判定処理においては、処理S17で求めた対象期間における作業負荷を用いて、タスクの指示タイミングを判定する。
Next, the schedule generation unit 13 performs a work timing determination process for determining the task instruction timing based on the store information and the task information (S18). That is, in the work timing determination process, the correspondence between the task and the instruction timing is determined. In the work timing determination process, the task instruction timing is determined using the work load in the target period obtained in step S17.
その後、スケジュール生成部13は、タスクと指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報を生成する(S19)。本開示でいう「作業スケジュール情報を生成」には、既存の作業スケジュールを更新(変更)する処理を含む。その結果、スケジュール生成部13は、作業スケジュール情報の生成に、店舗情報から求まる対象期間の作業負荷の大きさを用いることになる。
After that, the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information indicating the correspondence between the task and the instruction timing (S19). The “generation of work schedule information” referred to in the present disclosure includes a process of updating (changing) an existing work schedule. As a result, the schedule generation unit 13 uses the magnitude of the work load in the target period obtained from the store information to generate the work schedule information.
ところで、スケジュール生成部13は、作業スケジュール情報の生成に、複数のタスクの各々の優先度を用いる。優先度は、タスクごとに付与されており、かつ店舗情報に応じて変更される。すなわち、優先度は固定値ではなく、店舗情報(作業者情報、売上情報、来客予測データ及び売上予測データ)に応じて適宜変更させる。優先度の変更は、例えば、作業タイミング判定処理(S18)の前置処理として実行される。
By the way, the schedule generation unit 13 uses the priority of each of the plurality of tasks to generate the work schedule information. The priority is assigned to each task and is changed according to the store information. That is, the priority is not a fixed value, but is appropriately changed according to store information (worker information, sales information, visitor prediction data, and sales prediction data). The change of the priority is executed, for example, as a preprocess of the work timing determination process (S18).
下記表5に優先度の変更条件の一例を示す。
Table 5 below shows an example of priority changing conditions.
すなわち、表5の例では、優先度の変更条件は、「作業時間制約」、「売上影響」、「顧客印象への影響」及び「作業周期と経過時間との大小関係」の4項目を含む。「作業時間制約」はタスクの指示タイミングが可変であるか否か、つまり後述するタスクの前倒し又は後倒しが可能か否かによって、優先度を変更するための条件である。「作業時間制約」については、指示タイミングの変動幅が小さい程(固定の場合は変動幅は最小となる)、優先度が高くなる。「売上影響」は店舗9の売り上げへの影響の大きさによって、優先度を変更するための条件である。「売上影響」については、売り上げへの影響が大きい程、優先度が高くなる。「顧客印象への影響」は顧客92へ与える印象への影響の大きさによって、優先度を変更するための条件である。「顧客印象への影響」については、顧客印象への影響が大きい程、優先度が高くなる。「作業周期と経過時間との大小関係」は定期タスクについて作業周期と前回作業の完了時点からの経過時間との大小関係によって、優先度を変更するための条件である。「作業周期と経過時間との大小関係」については、作業周期が経過時間より小さい(短い)場合は優先度が高くなり、作業周期が経過時間より大きい(長い)場合は優先度が低くなる。
That is, in the example of Table 5, the priority change condition includes four items of "work time constraint", "sales effect", "effect on customer impression", and "size relationship between work cycle and elapsed time". .. The "working time constraint" is a condition for changing the priority depending on whether or not the instruction timing of the task is variable, that is, whether or not the task described later can be moved forward or backward. Regarding the “work time constraint”, the smaller the variation range of the instruction timing (the variation range is the minimum when the instruction timing is fixed), the higher the priority is. The "sales impact" is a condition for changing the priority according to the magnitude of the impact on the sales of the store 9. Regarding “sales impact”, the higher the impact on sales, the higher the priority. “Influence on customer impression” is a condition for changing the priority depending on the magnitude of the influence on the customer 92. As for the “impact on customer impression”, the higher the influence on the customer impression, the higher the priority. The "magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time" is a condition for changing the priority of the periodic task according to the magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time from the completion of the previous work. Regarding the "magnitude relationship between the work cycle and the elapsed time", the priority is high when the work cycle is smaller (shorter) than the elapsed time, and the priority is lower when the work cycle is larger (longer) than the elapsed time.
具体例を挙げると、過去の売上情報から、ある商品の品出し作業が売り上げに大きく影響することが推定される場合、この商品の品出し作業の優先度が高くなる。また、あるファストフードの補充(作り置き)作業が売り上げに略影響しないことが推定される場合、このファストフードの補充(作り置き)作業の優先度が低くなる。また、例えば、来客予測データから昼食の時間帯に多くの来客が見込まれる場合、顧客印象への影響が大きくなるイートインスペースの清掃作業の優先度が高くなる。
To give a specific example, if it is estimated from past sales information that the product delivery work of a certain product has a large effect on sales, the priority of the product delivery work will be high. In addition, when it is estimated that a certain fast food supplement (prepared stock) work does not substantially affect sales, the priority of this fast food supplement (prepared stock) work becomes low. Further, for example, when a large number of visitors are expected during the lunch time from the visitor prediction data, the priority of the eat-in space cleaning work, which has a large influence on the customer impression, is high.
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10では、上述した処理S11~S19が繰り返されることにより、店舗情報が変動すれば、店舗情報の変動に連動して作業スケジュール情報が更新(変更)されることになる。すなわち、スケジュール生成部13は、店舗情報の変動に伴って作業スケジュール情報を更新する。したがって、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、店舗9の状況に合わせた適切な作業の指示を出すことが可能である。
In the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment, if the store information changes due to the repetition of the above-mentioned processes S11 to S19, the work schedule information is updated (changed) in conjunction with the change in the store information. Become. That is, the schedule generation unit 13 updates the work schedule information as the store information changes. Therefore, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment can issue a proper work instruction according to the situation of the store 9.
(2.2.3)割当部
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、割当部17にて、作業スケジュール情報における複数のタスクを、複数人の作業者91に割り当てる。要するに、本実施形態では、複数のタスクの各々を、いずれの作業者91に実行させるかまで、作業スケジュール情報において決定されることになる。 (2.2.3) Allocation Section In thestore support system 10 according to the present embodiment, the allocation section 17 allocates a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91. In short, in the present embodiment, it is determined in the work schedule information which worker 91 is to execute each of the plurality of tasks.
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、割当部17にて、作業スケジュール情報における複数のタスクを、複数人の作業者91に割り当てる。要するに、本実施形態では、複数のタスクの各々を、いずれの作業者91に実行させるかまで、作業スケジュール情報において決定されることになる。 (2.2.3) Allocation Section In the
本実施形態では、指示部24は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業スケジュール情報に従って、生成した作業指示を、タスクが割り当てられている作業者91の作業者端末3のみに送信する。言い換えれば、店舗支援システム10は、タスクを実行する作業者91を指名(指定)する形で作業指示を出力することになる。本実施形態では、スケジュール生成部13が、複数人の作業者91で共用される1つの作業スケジュール情報を生成することと仮定する。つまり、1つの作業スケジュール情報において、複数のタスクの各々が、複数人の作業者91のいずれかに割り当てられることになる。
In the present embodiment, the instruction unit 24 transmits the generated work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1 only to the worker terminal 3 of the worker 91 to which the task is assigned. In other words, the store support system 10 outputs a work instruction in the form of designating (designating) a worker 91 who executes the task. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the schedule generation unit 13 generates one work schedule information shared by a plurality of workers 91. That is, in one work schedule information, each of the plurality of tasks is assigned to any of the plurality of workers 91.
店舗9において、例えば、レジカウンタ94(図8A参照)にセルフレジが設置されているような場合、顧客92が商品を購入する際には、顧客92の近く(つまりレジカウンタ94)に作業者91が居ない状況が起こり得る。このような状況下で、例えば、ファストフード対応等の、レジカウンタ94内で行う作業(タスク)については、レジカウンタ94から近い位置にいる作業者91にて実行されることが、効率面において好ましい。そこで、このような状況においては、割当部17は、レジカウンタ94内で行う作業を、複数人の作業者91のうちレジカウンタ94に近い作業者91に優先的に割り当てることが好ましい。
In the store 9, for example, when a self-checkout is installed at the checkout counter 94 (see FIG. 8A), when the customer 92 purchases a product, the worker 91 is near the customer 92 (that is, the checkout counter 94). There can be situations where there is no. In such a situation, for example, for the work (task) performed in the cashier counter 94 such as for fast food, it is efficient that the worker 91 near the cashier counter 94 performs the task. preferable. Therefore, in such a situation, it is preferable that the allocation unit 17 preferentially allocates the work performed in the registration counter 94 to the worker 91 close to the registration counter 94 among the plurality of workers 91.
以下、一例として、複数人の作業者91のうち、「要求スキルレベル」及び「レジからの距離」によって特定される作業者(以下、対象者ともいう)にタスクが割り当てられる場合の店舗支援システム10の動作について、図7を参照して説明する。
Hereinafter, as an example, a store support system in which a task is assigned to a worker (hereinafter, also referred to as a target person) specified by a "required skill level" and a "distance from a cash register" among a plurality of workers 91. The operation of No. 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 7.
すなわち、サーバ装置1は、マスタデータ及び作業者情報を順に読み込む(S21,S22)。ここで、例えば、マスタデータ及び作業者情報については、取得部12によって、管理装置2又はストアコンピュータ6から取得される。
That is, the server device 1 sequentially reads the master data and the worker information (S21, S22). Here, for example, the master data and the worker information are acquired by the acquisition unit 12 from the management device 2 or the store computer 6.
次に、サーバ装置1は、割当部17にて、処理S21,S22で読み込んだマスタデータ及び作業者情報に基づいて、対象者の有無を判定する(S23)。処理S23では、割当部17は、マスタデータに含まれる要求スキルレベルと作業者情報に含まれるスキルレベルとを比較して、スキルレベルが要求スキルレベル以上である場合に、対象者有り、と判断する。
Next, the server device 1 determines the presence or absence of the target person in the allocation unit 17 based on the master data and the worker information read in the processes S21 and S22 (S23). In process S23, the allocation unit 17 compares the required skill level included in the master data with the skill level included in the worker information, and determines that there is a target person when the skill level is equal to or higher than the required skill level. To do.
割当部17にて、対象者無し、と判断された場合(S23:No)、サーバ装置1は、処理S21に戻る。一方、割当部17にて、対象者有り、と判断された場合(S23:Yes)、サーバ装置1は、店員位置情報を取得する(S24)。本開示でいう「店員位置情報」は、店舗9内での作業者91の位置を表す情報であって、例えば、センサ7の検知結果(センシング情報)を用いて管理装置2にて監視され、取得部12によって、管理装置2から取得される。
When the allocation unit 17 determines that there is no target person (S23: No), the server device 1 returns to the process S21. On the other hand, when the allocation unit 17 determines that there is a target person (S23: Yes), the server device 1 acquires the clerk position information (S24). The "clerk position information" referred to in the present disclosure is information representing the position of the worker 91 in the store 9, and is monitored by the management device 2 using, for example, the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7. It is acquired from the management device 2 by the acquisition unit 12.
次に、サーバ装置1は、割当部17にて、処理S24で取得した店員位置情報に基づいて、対象者の有無を判定する(S25)。処理S25では、割当部17は、マスタデータに含まれる「レジからの距離」と店員位置情報とを比較して、いずれかの作業者91の位置が「レジからの距離」で規定される条件を満たす場合に、対象者有り、と判断する。具体例を挙げると、上述したファストフード対応等のレジカウンタ94内で行うタスクについては、「レジからの距離」は「レジ内」に設定されているので、作業者91の位置がレジ付近である場合に、「レジからの距離」で規定される条件を満たすことになる。
Next, the server device 1 determines the presence or absence of the target person in the allocation unit 17 based on the clerk position information acquired in the process S24 (S25). In process S25, the allocation unit 17 compares the "distance from the cash register" included in the master data with the clerk position information, and the condition that the position of any worker 91 is defined by the "distance from the cash register". If the condition is satisfied, it is determined that there is a target person. To give a specific example, for the tasks performed in the cashier counter 94 such as the above-mentioned fast food correspondence, the "distance from the cashier" is set to "inside the cashier", so that the position of the worker 91 is near the cashier. In some cases, the condition defined by the "distance from the cash register" is satisfied.
割当部17にて、対象者無し、と判断された場合(S25:No)、サーバ装置1は、処理S21に戻る。一方、割当部17にて、対象者有り、と判断された場合(S25:Yes)、サーバ装置1は、対象者(最適者)に対して作業指示を送信する(S26)。このとき、最適者に該当する作業者91が複数人存在する場合には、サーバ装置1は、これら複数人の作業者91に対して、一斉に作業指示を送信してもよい。
When the allocation unit 17 determines that there is no target person (S25: No), the server device 1 returns to the process S21. On the other hand, when the assigning unit 17 determines that there is a target person (S25: Yes), the server device 1 transmits a work instruction to the target person (optimum person) (S26). At this time, if there are a plurality of workers 91 corresponding to the optimum person, the server device 1 may transmit work instructions to the plurality of workers 91 all at once.
ただし、上述した例に限らず、スケジュール生成部13は、作業者91ごとに作業スケジュール情報を生成してもよい。この場合、スケジュール生成部13では、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91Cに一対一で対応する複数の作業スケジュール情報が生成される。
However, the schedule generation unit 13 may generate the work schedule information for each worker 91 without being limited to the example described above. In this case, the schedule generation unit 13 generates a plurality of work schedule information corresponding to the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C on a one-to-one basis.
また、割当部17は、作業スケジュール情報における複数のタスクを、作業者91のスキルレベルのみで、複数人の作業者91に割り当ててもよい。この場合、各タスクは、必ずしも1人の作業者91に割り当てられるのではなく、例えば、同じスキルレベルの作業者91が複数人存在するときには、これら複数人の作業者91に対して割り当てられることになる。
Further, the allocation unit 17 may allocate a plurality of tasks in the work schedule information to a plurality of workers 91 only by the skill level of the worker 91. In this case, each task is not necessarily assigned to one worker 91. For example, when there are a plurality of workers 91 having the same skill level, they are assigned to these multiple workers 91. become.
(2.2.4)作業検知
上述したように、検知部27は、店舗9において、作業者91が特定のタスクを実行する場所(作業エリア)に、受信可能エリアを設定し、作業者91が受信可能エリアに進入したことをもって、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を受信する。これにより、検知部27は、特定のタスクについて、作業者91による実行を検知する。 (2.2.4) Work Detection As described above, thedetection unit 27 sets a receivable area in the place (work area) where the worker 91 executes a specific task in the store 9, and the worker 91. Upon entering the receivable area, the operator 91 receives a radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91. As a result, the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91.
上述したように、検知部27は、店舗9において、作業者91が特定のタスクを実行する場所(作業エリア)に、受信可能エリアを設定し、作業者91が受信可能エリアに進入したことをもって、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を受信する。これにより、検知部27は、特定のタスクについて、作業者91による実行を検知する。 (2.2.4) Work Detection As described above, the
一例として、レジ対応の作業にあっては、図8Aに示すように、レジカウンタ94の内側(売り場とは反対側)であって、レジ93から一定距離(一例として、数十cm)の範囲に、作業エリアA1が設定される。これにより、レジ対応のために作業者91がレジ93前に移動すると、作業者91が作業エリアA1(受信可能エリア)に進入することになり、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を検知部27が受信する。これにより、検知部27は、レジ対応というタスクについて、作業者91による実行を検知することができる。
As an example, in the work corresponding to the cash register, as shown in FIG. 8A, it is inside the cash register counter 94 (on the opposite side of the sales floor) and within a certain distance (for example, several tens of cm) from the cash register 93. The work area A1 is set in. As a result, when the worker 91 moves in front of the cash register 93 to handle the cash register, the worker 91 enters the work area A1 (receivable area), and the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91 is used. The detection unit 27 receives the radio signal. Accordingly, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution by the worker 91 of the task of handling the cash register.
また、図8Aの例では、レジ対応の作業に関して、レジカウンタ94の外側(売り場側)であって、レジ93から一定距離(一例として、数十cm)の範囲に、応対エリアA2が設定される。これにより、会計等のために顧客92がレジ93前に移動すると、顧客92が応対エリアA2(人感知エリア)に進入することになり、この顧客92を発生検知部28が検知する。これにより、発生検知部28は、レジ対応というタスクについて、その発生を検知することができる。
Further, in the example of FIG. 8A, regarding the work corresponding to the cash register, the reception area A2 is set on the outside of the cash register counter 94 (on the sales floor side) and within a certain distance (for example, several tens of cm) from the cash register 93. To. As a result, when the customer 92 moves in front of the cash register 93 for accounting or the like, the customer 92 enters the reception area A2 (person detection area), and the generation detection unit 28 detects the customer 92. As a result, the occurrence detection unit 28 can detect the occurrence of the task of dealing with the cash register.
ここで、発生検知部28は、人(作業者91又は顧客92)が、応対エリアA2を通過する場合に、誤って作業の発生を検知しないように、以下のような処理を採用することが好ましい。例えば、発生検知部28は、応対エリアA2に人(顧客92)が滞在している時間が一定時間に達し、応対エリアA2に居る人(顧客92)がレジ93を向いていることをもって、レジ対応というタスクの発生を検知してもよい。
Here, the occurrence detection unit 28 may adopt the following processing so that when a person (worker 91 or customer 92) passes through the reception area A2, the occurrence of work is not erroneously detected. preferable. For example, the occurrence detection unit 28 determines that the person (customer 92) stays in the reception area A2 for a certain period of time and the person (customer 92) in the reception area A2 faces the cash register 93. The occurrence of the task of response may be detected.
他の例として、業務用の大型の冷蔵庫95への飲料等の補充(いわゆる「ウォークイン補充」)の作業にあっては、図8Bに示すように、冷蔵庫95の裏側(売り場とは反対側)の範囲(ウォークインエリア)に、作業エリアA1が設定される。これにより、ウォークイン補充のために作業者91がウォークインエリアに移動すると、作業者91が作業エリアA1(受信可能エリア)に進入することになり、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を検知部27が受信する。これにより、検知部27は、ウォークイン補充というタスクについて、作業者91による実行を検知することができる。
As another example, in the work of replenishing beverages and the like (so-called “walk-in replenishment”) to a large commercial refrigerator 95, as shown in FIG. 8B, the back side of the refrigerator 95 (the side opposite to the sales floor). ), The work area A1 is set in the range (walk-in area). As a result, when the worker 91 moves to the walk-in area to replenish the walk-in, the worker 91 enters the work area A1 (receivable area), and the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91 The wireless signal of is received by the detection unit 27. As a result, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the walk-in supplement task by the worker 91.
より詳細には、検知部27は、無線信号の検知をもって、作業者91によるタスクの実行の開始を検知する。発信機911が出力する無線信号には、発信機911を携帯する各作業者91を識別するための情報(例えば作業者情報)を含んでいるので、これにより、検知部27は、タスクの実行を開始した作業者91を特定可能である。つまり、検知部27では、少なくともタスクの実行が開始されたことに加えて、複数人の作業者91のうちのいずれの作業者91がタスクを実行しているか、を検知可能である。言い換えれば、検知部27は、タスクの実行と、その実行者である作業者91とを対応付けた形で検知可能である。そして、タスクは割当部17にていずれかの作業者91に割り当てられているため、割当情報、つまり、いずれのタスクにいずれの作業者91が割り当てられているか、という情報は既知である。
More specifically, the detection unit 27 detects the start of the task execution by the worker 91 by detecting the wireless signal. Since the wireless signal output by the transmitter 911 includes information for identifying each worker 91 carrying the transmitter 911 (for example, worker information), the detection unit 27 executes the task. It is possible to identify the worker 91 who started the operation. That is, the detection unit 27 can detect which of the plurality of workers 91 is executing the task, in addition to at least starting the execution of the task. In other words, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task and the worker 91 who is the executor in association with each other. Since the task is assigned to any worker 91 by the assigning unit 17, the assignment information, that is, the information indicating which worker 91 is assigned to which task is known.
したがって、このような割当情報を用いることで、検知部27では、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知できる。例えば、「レジ対応」というタスクが作業者91A,91B,91Cのうち作業者91Aに割り当てられている場合、検知部27は、作業者91Aがレジ93周辺の作業エリアA1に進入したことをもって、作業者91Aによる「レジ対応」の実行を検知する。この場合、仮に、「レジ対応」というタスクが割り当てられていない作業者91B,91Cがレジ93周辺の作業エリアA1に進入しても、検知部27は、「レジ対応」の実行を検知しない。
Therefore, by using such allocation information, the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned. For example, when the task of "cash register support" is assigned to the worker 91A among the workers 91A, 91B, 91C, the detection unit 27 determines that the worker 91A has entered the work area A1 around the cash register 93. The execution of the “cash register correspondence” by the worker 91A is detected. In this case, even if the workers 91B and 91C to which the task of "cash register correspondence" is not assigned enters the work area A1 around the cash register 93, the detection unit 27 does not detect the execution of "cash register correspondence".
発信機911からの無線信号を受信した検知部27は、例えば、作業者端末3を介して、管理装置2又はサーバ装置1に、検知結果を通知してもよい。タスクの実行と、その実行者である作業者91との対応付けは、管理装置2又はサーバ装置1にて行ってもよい。
The detection unit 27 that has received the wireless signal from the transmitter 911 may notify the management device 2 or the server device 1 of the detection result, for example, via the worker terminal 3. The management device 2 or the server device 1 may associate the task with the worker 91 who is the executor thereof.
また、検知部27は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクの完了を更に検知する。例えば、検知部27は、発信機911からの無線信号を検知した後、この無線信号を検知できなくなることをもって、作業者91によるタスクの完了を検知する。つまり、作業者91が特定のタスクを完了して作業エリアA1から退出すると、作業者91が受信可能エリアから退出することになり、この作業者91が携帯する発信機911からの無線信号を検知部27が受信できなくなる。これにより、検知部27は、特定のタスクの完了を検知することができる。
Further, the detection unit 27 further detects completion of at least one task of the plurality of tasks. For example, the detection unit 27 detects the completion of the task by the worker 91 by not being able to detect the radio signal after detecting the radio signal from the transmitter 911. That is, when the worker 91 completes a specific task and exits from the work area A1, the worker 91 exits from the receivable area, and detects the radio signal from the transmitter 911 carried by the worker 91. The unit 27 cannot receive the data. Thereby, the detection unit 27 can detect the completion of the specific task.
(2.2.5)実績情報の生成
以下に、上述した2つ目の態様に係る実績出力部18の動作、つまり実績出力部18が検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合の動作について説明する。 (2.2.5) Generation of Actual Information Below, the operation of theactual output unit 18 according to the second aspect described above, that is, the actual output unit 18 generates the actual information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27. The operation of the case will be described.
以下に、上述した2つ目の態様に係る実績出力部18の動作、つまり実績出力部18が検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合の動作について説明する。 (2.2.5) Generation of Actual Information Below, the operation of the
実績出力部18は、基本的には、少なくとも検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力(ログ記録部15に記録)する。すなわち、検知部27では、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知できるので、その検知結果に基づいて、実績出力部18は、実績情報を自動的に生成することが可能である。
The actual result output unit 18 basically generates actual information indicating the execution status of the task by each worker 91 based on at least the detection result of the detection unit 27, and outputs the actual information (recorded in the log recording unit 15). ). That is, since the detection unit 27 can detect the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned, the actual result output unit 18 can automatically generate the actual result information based on the detection result. ..
例えば、「レジ対応」というタスクが作業者91A,91B,91Cのうち作業者91Aに割り当てられている場合、検知部27は、作業者91Aがレジ93周辺の作業エリアA1に進入したことをもって、作業者91Aによる「レジ対応」の実行を検知する。この場合、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、作業者91Aが「レジ対応」を実行したことを表す、実績情報を自動的に生成する。一方、「レジ対応」というタスクが割り当てられていない作業者91B,91Cがレジ93周辺の作業エリアA1に進入したとしても、検知部27は、「レジ対応」の実行を検知しないので、実績出力部18は、「レジ対応」の実行を表す実績情報を生成しない。このように、検知部27が作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知すると、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、自動的に、実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。
For example, when the task of "cash register support" is assigned to the worker 91A among the workers 91A, 91B, 91C, the detection unit 27 determines that the worker 91A has entered the work area A1 around the cash register 93. Detects the execution of "cash register support" by the worker 91A. In this case, the actual result output unit 18 automatically generates the actual result information indicating that the worker 91A has executed the “cash register correspondence” based on the detection result of the detection unit 27. On the other hand, even if the workers 91B and 91C to which the task of "cash register correspondence" is not assigned enters the work area A1 around the cash register 93, the detection unit 27 does not detect the execution of "cash register correspondence", so that the actual result is output. The unit 18 does not generate the actual information indicating the execution of the “cash register correspondence”. In this way, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91, the actual result output unit 18 automatically generates the actual result information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27 and outputs the actual result information. ..
また、本実施形態では、タスクの開始と完了との両方を検知部27で検知している。そのため、タスクの実行に要した時間(所要時間)についても、実績情報に含めることができる。
Further, in this embodiment, the detection unit 27 detects both the start and the completion of the task. Therefore, the time required to execute the task (required time) can be included in the performance information.
より詳細には、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91がタスクを実行したことが検知部27で検知されると、検知部27の検知結果が管理装置2からサーバ装置1に送信される。サーバ装置1は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて、実績出力部18にて実績情報を生成し、ログ記録部15に実績情報を記録する。サーバ装置1に記録された実績情報は、例えば、管理者端末8又は管理装置2にて適宜閲覧可能である。このとき生成される実績情報は、一例として、上記「表2」に例示した情報と同様である。この場合、実績情報内の「受付時刻」は、検知部27にてタスクの実行の開始が検知された時刻となり、「完了時刻」は検知部27にてタスクの完了が検知された時刻となる。
More specifically, when the detection unit 27 detects that the worker 91 to which the task is assigned has executed the task, the detection result of the detection unit 27 is transmitted from the management device 2 to the server device 1. The server device 1 generates performance information in the performance output unit 18 based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, and records the performance information in the log recording unit 15. The actual information recorded in the server device 1 can be appropriately browsed by, for example, the administrator terminal 8 or the management device 2. The actual information generated at this time is, for example, the same as the information exemplified in the above “Table 2”. In this case, the "reception time" in the actual information is the time when the detection unit 27 detects the start of task execution, and the "completion time" is the time when the detection unit 27 detects the completion of the task. ..
また、検知部27としての機能は、その一部がサーバ装置1に分散して設けられていてもよい。一例として、検知部27のうち、割当情報(いずれのタスクにいずれの作業者91が割り当てられているかという情報)を照合する機能は、サーバ装置1に設けられていてもよい。この場合、店舗9に設けられている受信機は、少なくともタスクの実行が開始されたことに加えて、複数人の作業者91のうちのいずれの作業者91がタスクを実行しているか、を検知し、その結果のみをサーバ装置1に送信すればよい。
Further, a part of the function as the detection unit 27 may be distributed and provided in the server device 1. As an example, the server device 1 may be provided with a function of collating allocation information (information indicating which worker 91 is assigned to which task) in the detection unit 27. In this case, the receiver provided in the store 9 indicates at least which of the plurality of workers 91 is executing the task in addition to the start of the execution of the task. It suffices to detect and transmit only the result to the server device 1.
このように、本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10では、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知部27にて検知し、その検知結果に基づいて、各作業者91によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を自動的に生成し出力できる。そのため、タスクを開始時又は完了時に、作業者91が実績情報を記録しなくても作業実績を残すことが可能になる。
As described above, in the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment, the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned, and based on the detection result, the task by each worker 91 is performed. Actual information showing the execution status can be automatically generated and output. Therefore, when the task is started or completed, the work record can be left without the worker 91 recording the record information.
また、本実施形態では、上述したように、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合に、検知部27の検知結果に加えて、作業スケジュール情報、作業者情報、及び各作業者91の作業状況も用いて、実績情報を生成する。
Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, when the actual information is generated based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, the work schedule information, the worker information, and each work are added to the detection result of the detection unit 27. The work status of the person 91 is also used to generate performance information.
すなわち、実績出力部18は、作業スケジュール情報に基づくことで、タスクと指示タイミングとの対応関係を加味して、実績情報を生成できる。一例として、実績出力部18は、指示タイミングの前及び/又は後に設定された判定期間にのみ検知部27の検知結果を有効とし、判定期間外には検知部27の検知結果を無効とする。これにより、判定期間に、特定のタスクが割り当てられた作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスクについての実績情報を生成し、出力する。一方、判定期間外に、特定のタスクが割り当てられた作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスクについての実績情報を生成しない。その結果、指示タイミングの前及び/又は後に設定された判定期間に、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合にのみ、このタスクについての実績情報を残すことが可能である。つまり、判定期間外には作業者91が割り当てられたタスクを実行していない可能性が高い等、タスクの実行と指示タイミングとの間に相関があるため、この相関を利用することで、実績出力部18で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
That is, the achievement output unit 18 can generate the achievement information in consideration of the correspondence relationship between the task and the instruction timing based on the work schedule information. As an example, the actual output unit 18 validates the detection result of the detection unit 27 only during the determination period set before and / or after the instruction timing, and invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27 outside the determination period. As a result, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 to which the specific task is assigned during the determination period, the performance output unit 18 generates the performance information about this task. Output. On the other hand, if the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 to which the specific task is assigned outside the determination period, the actual result output unit 18 does not generate the actual information about this task. As a result, the actual information about this task is left only when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned during the determination period set before and / or after the instruction timing. Is possible. In other words, there is a correlation between the task execution and the instruction timing, such as the possibility that the worker 91 is not executing the assigned task outside the determination period. It is possible to improve the reliability of the performance information generated by the output unit 18.
また、実績出力部18は、作業者情報に基づくことで、各作業者91のスキル等を加味して、実績情報を生成できる。一例として、実績出力部18は、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに該当する作業者91についてのみ検知部27の検知結果を有効とし、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに該当しない作業者91については検知部27の検知結果を無効とする。これにより、特定のタスクが割り当てられており、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに該当する作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスクについての実績情報を生成し、出力する。一方、特定のタスクが割り当てられているものの、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに該当しない作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスク(特定のタスク)についての実績情報を生成しない。その結果、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに達する作業者91について、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合にのみ、このタスクについての実績情報を残すことが可能である。つまり、スキルレベルがタスクの要求スキルレベルに達しない作業者91が割り当てられたタスク(特定のタスク)を実行していない可能性が高いことを利用し、実績出力部18で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
Further, the result output unit 18 can generate the result information by adding the skills of each worker 91 based on the worker information. As an example, the performance output unit 18 validates the detection result of the detection unit 27 only for the worker 91 whose skill level corresponds to the required skill level of the task, and the worker 91 whose skill level does not correspond to the required skill level of the task. Invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27. As a result, when a specific task is assigned and the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 whose skill level corresponds to the required skill level of the task, the performance output unit 18 performs this. Generates and outputs performance information about tasks. On the other hand, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of a specific task by the worker 91 whose skill level does not correspond to the required skill level of the task although a specific task is assigned, the performance output unit 18 performs this. Do not generate performance information for a task (specific task). As a result, for the worker 91 whose skill level reaches the required skill level of the task, the actual information about this task is left only when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned. Is possible. That is, the fact that the worker 91 whose skill level does not reach the required skill level of the task is not executing the assigned task (specific task) is high, and the achievement information generated by the achievement output unit 18 is used. It is possible to improve the reliability of the.
また、実績出力部18は、複数人の作業者91の各々における作業状況に基づくことで、各作業者91の現在の状況(別のタスクを実行中であるか否か等)を加味して、実績情報を生成できる。一例として、実績出力部18は、いずれのタスクも実行中でない作業者91(つまり手すきの作業者91)についてのみ検知部27の検知結果を有効とし、別のタスクを実行中の作業者91については検知部27の検知結果を無効とする。これにより、特定のタスクが割り当てられており、手すきの作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスクについての実績情報を生成し、出力する。一方、特定のタスクが割り当てられているものの、別のタスクを実行中の作業者91による特定のタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合には、実績出力部18は、このタスク(特定のタスク)についての実績情報を生成しない。その結果、手すきの作業者91について、タスクが割り当てられた作業者91によるタスクの実行を検知部27が検知した場合にのみ、このタスクについての実績情報を残すことが可能である。つまり、別のタスクを実行中には作業者91が割り当てられたタスク(特定のタスク)を実行していない可能性が高いことを利用し、実績出力部18で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
Further, the actual result output unit 18 is based on the work status of each of the plurality of workers 91, and takes into account the current status of each worker 91 (whether or not another task is being executed, etc.). , Can generate performance information. As an example, the performance output unit 18 enables the detection result of the detection unit 27 only for the worker 91 (that is, the hand-held worker 91) who is not executing any task, and the worker 91 who is executing another task. Invalidates the detection result of the detection unit 27. As a result, when a specific task is assigned and the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the hand-held worker 91, the achievement output unit 18 generates the achievement information about this task. Output. On the other hand, when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the specific task by the worker 91 who is executing the other task although the specific task is assigned, the actual output unit 18 performs this task (specific). Does not generate performance information about the task). As a result, it is possible to leave the actual information about the task only when the detection unit 27 detects the execution of the task by the worker 91 to which the task is assigned to the hand-held worker 91. That is, it is highly possible that the worker 91 is not executing the assigned task (specific task) while another task is being executed, and the reliability of the record information generated by the record output unit 18 is used. It is possible to improve.
このように、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に基づいて実績情報を生成する場合に、検知部27の検知結果に加えて、作業スケジュール情報、作業者情報、及び各作業者91の作業状況も用いることで、実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
In this way, when the actual result output unit 18 generates the actual result information based on the detection result of the detection unit 27, in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27, the work schedule information, the worker information, and each worker 91 It is possible to improve the reliability of the actual information by using the work status of.
(2.2.6)その他の機能
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、作業者91に作業指示を出す機能のほか、例えば、作業者91による顧客92(図1参照)の年齢確認を支援する、年齢確認処理の機能を更に有している。つまり、店舗支援システム10は、店舗9における作業者91の作業を管理する機能と、年齢確認処理の機能と、を有している。 (2.2.6) Other Functions In addition to the function of issuing work instructions to theworker 91, the store support system 10 according to the present embodiment, for example, confirms the age of the customer 92 (see FIG. 1) by the worker 91. It also has the function of age confirmation processing to support it. That is, the store support system 10 has a function of managing the work of the worker 91 in the store 9 and a function of age confirmation processing.
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、作業者91に作業指示を出す機能のほか、例えば、作業者91による顧客92(図1参照)の年齢確認を支援する、年齢確認処理の機能を更に有している。つまり、店舗支援システム10は、店舗9における作業者91の作業を管理する機能と、年齢確認処理の機能と、を有している。 (2.2.6) Other Functions In addition to the function of issuing work instructions to the
本開示でいう「年齢確認」は、例えば、煙草及び酒類等のように法令等によって特定年齢未満の人への販売が規制されている商品を販売する場合等において、対象者(購入者等)の年齢が特定年齢以上であるか否かを確認者(販売者等)が確認することを意味する。
The term "age confirmation" as used in this disclosure refers to the target person (purchaser, etc.) in the case of selling products whose sale to people under a specific age is restricted by laws and regulations, such as cigarettes and alcoholic beverages. It means that the confirmer (seller, etc.) confirms whether or not the age of the item is older than the specific age.
年齢確認処理に際して、管理装置2は、年齢確認の対象となる顧客92をセンサ7A(カメラ)にて撮像した画像の画像データを含む要求信号を、作業者端末3に送信する。作業者端末3は、受信した要求信号に含まれる画像データを用いて、顧客92の画像を含む年齢確認画面を表示する。この状態において、作業者91は、作業者端末3に表示されている年齢確認画面を見て顧客92の年齢確認を行う。このとき、作業者端末3は、年齢確認の成功又は失敗を選択する操作を作業者91から受け付けると、その操作に応じた年齢確認の結果を含む応答信号を管理装置2に送信する。
In the age confirmation process, the management device 2 transmits to the worker terminal 3 a request signal including image data of an image of the customer 92 whose age is to be confirmed by the sensor 7A (camera). The worker terminal 3 uses the image data included in the received request signal to display an age confirmation screen including the image of the customer 92. In this state, the worker 91 checks the age of the customer 92 by looking at the age confirmation screen displayed on the worker terminal 3. At this time, when the worker terminal 3 receives an operation for selecting success or failure of age confirmation from the worker 91, the worker terminal 3 transmits a response signal including a result of age confirmation corresponding to the operation to the management device 2.
要するに、店舗支援システム10においては、顧客92を撮像した画像の画像データが管理装置2から作業者端末3に送信されるので、作業者91は、作業者端末3に表示される年齢確認画面にて顧客92の画像を見て、顧客92の年齢確認を行うことができる。しかも、作業者端末3側で行われた年齢確認の結果は、作業者端末3から、要求信号の送信元である管理装置2に返信されるので、年齢確認のための一連の処理は、管理装置2側で開始され管理装置2側で完了することになる。
In short, in the store support system 10, since the image data of the image of the customer 92 is transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3, the worker 91 is displayed on the age confirmation screen displayed on the worker terminal 3. Then, the age of the customer 92 can be confirmed by looking at the image of the customer 92. Moreover, since the result of the age confirmation performed on the worker terminal 3 side is returned from the worker terminal 3 to the management device 2 which is the transmission source of the request signal, a series of processes for age confirmation is managed. It is started on the device 2 side and completed on the management device 2 side.
したがって、店舗支援システム10によれば、例えば、セルフレジ(Self-checkout)等の導入により販売処理の少なくとも一部について自動化(無人化)を図りながらも、酒類及び煙草等、販売に際して年齢確認を必要とする特定商品についての販売が可能となる。しかも、作業者91は、作業者端末3を携帯していれば、顧客92から離れた場所に居たとしても、その場に居ながらにして、つまりその場から移動することなく、顧客92の年齢確認を行うことができる。また、顧客92においては、年齢確認のために、離れた場所に居る作業者91(店員)の到着を待つ必要がない。結果的に、店舗支援システム10によれば、人(作業者91及び顧客92)の手間を軽減しつつ、年齢確認を実現することができる。
Therefore, according to the store support system 10, it is necessary to confirm the age when selling alcoholic beverages, cigarettes, etc. while automating (unmanned) at least a part of the sales process by introducing, for example, a self-checkout. It becomes possible to sell a specific product. Moreover, if the worker 91 carries the worker terminal 3, even if he / she is away from the customer 92, he / she can stay at the place, that is, without moving from the place. You can check your age. Further, the customer 92 does not have to wait for the arrival of the worker 91 (clerk) at a remote place to confirm the age. As a result, according to the store support system 10, it is possible to realize age confirmation while reducing the labor of people (worker 91 and customer 92).
ここで、年齢確認処理をタスクに含めることとすれば、例えば、管理装置2から作業者端末3に対し、タスクの実行を指示する作業指示と、年齢確認処理のためのデータと、をまとめて送ることにより、作業の効率化を図ることができる。具体的には、管理装置2は、年齢確認を必要とする特定商品の顧客92への販売に際し、作業者端末3に対して年齢確認処理のタスクを指示する作業指示を送信する。このとき、管理装置2は、作業者91が作業者端末3を用いて年齢確認処理を実施するために必要な情報、つまり顧客92の画像等の情報を、作業指示と共に作業者端末3に送信する。
Here, if the age confirmation process is included in the task, for example, a work instruction for instructing the worker terminal 3 from the management device 2 to execute the task and data for the age confirmation process are collected together. By sending it, work efficiency can be improved. Specifically, the management device 2 transmits a work instruction for instructing a task of age confirmation processing to the worker terminal 3 when selling a specific product requiring age confirmation to the customer 92. At this time, the management device 2 transmits information necessary for the worker 91 to perform the age confirmation process using the worker terminal 3, that is, information such as an image of the customer 92 to the worker terminal 3 together with the work instruction. To do.
作業者端末3が上述したような年齢確認処理の作業指示を受信すると、作業者91は、まず作業指示を受諾するための操作を行う。その後、受諾操作を行った作業者91は、作業者端末3に表示される画像の確認、及び年齢確認の成功又は失敗の選択操作等の、年齢確認処理に必要な作業を実施する。年齢確認処理を受諾した作業者91の作業者端末3からは、管理装置2に対して、年齢確認の結果を含む完了通知が送信される。
When the worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction for the age confirmation processing as described above, the worker 91 first performs an operation for accepting the work instruction. After that, the worker 91 who has performed the acceptance operation performs the work necessary for the age confirmation processing, such as the confirmation of the image displayed on the worker terminal 3 and the selection operation of success or failure of the age confirmation. The worker terminal 3 of the worker 91 who has accepted the age confirmation process sends a completion notification including the result of the age confirmation to the management device 2.
(3)画面表示方法
本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、コンピュータシステムのグラフィカルユーザインタフェース(GUI)上において実現される。以下に、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法について、図9A~図15Cを参照して説明する。図9A~図15Cは、表示部32に表示される画面の具体例を示しており、領域を示す一点鎖線及び参照符号は説明のために表記しているに過ぎず、実際には、これらの一点鎖線及び参照符号は表示部32に表示されない。また、図9A~図15Cにおいて、表示部32に表示される各画面上でのボタン等のオブジェクトを操作(タップ、スワイプ又はドラッグ等)する人(作業者91)の指F1、及びその動きを想像線(2点鎖線)で示す。 (3) Screen Display Method The screen display method according to the present embodiment is realized on the graphical user interface (GUI) of the computer system. The screen display method according to this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 9A to 15C. 9A to 15C show specific examples of the screen displayed on thedisplay unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the region are shown only for the sake of explanation, and in reality, these are shown. The alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32. Further, in FIGS. 9A to 15C, the finger F1 of the person (worker 91) who operates (tap, swipes, drags, etc.) an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the movement thereof. It is shown by an imaginary line (two-dot chain line).
本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、コンピュータシステムのグラフィカルユーザインタフェース(GUI)上において実現される。以下に、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法について、図9A~図15Cを参照して説明する。図9A~図15Cは、表示部32に表示される画面の具体例を示しており、領域を示す一点鎖線及び参照符号は説明のために表記しているに過ぎず、実際には、これらの一点鎖線及び参照符号は表示部32に表示されない。また、図9A~図15Cにおいて、表示部32に表示される各画面上でのボタン等のオブジェクトを操作(タップ、スワイプ又はドラッグ等)する人(作業者91)の指F1、及びその動きを想像線(2点鎖線)で示す。 (3) Screen Display Method The screen display method according to the present embodiment is realized on the graphical user interface (GUI) of the computer system. The screen display method according to this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 9A to 15C. 9A to 15C show specific examples of the screen displayed on the
(3.1)第1タスクの受諾及び完了
まずは、作業者91が、作業指示画面D1上で、作業指示の受諾(図3のS4)、及びタスクの完了報告(図3のS5)等のための操作を行う際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図9A~図9Cを参照して説明する。 (3.1) Acceptance and completion of the first task First, theworker 91 accepts the work instruction (S4 in FIG. 3) and reports the completion of the task (S5 in FIG. 3) on the work instruction screen D1. The transition of the screen displayed on the worker terminal 3 when performing the operation for the purpose will be described with reference to FIGS. 9A to 9C.
まずは、作業者91が、作業指示画面D1上で、作業指示の受諾(図3のS4)、及びタスクの完了報告(図3のS5)等のための操作を行う際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図9A~図9Cを参照して説明する。 (3.1) Acceptance and completion of the first task First, the
本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、上述したように、取得処理と、表示処理と、を有している。取得処理は、取得情報を取得する処理である。取得情報は、作業者91の作業である第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に関する情報である。本実施形態では、作業者端末3は、作業スケジュール情報に基づく作業指示を受信しているので、取得処理では、この作業指示を取得情報として取得する。つまり、取得処理で取得される作業スケジュール情報に関する情報は、作業指示を含む。表示処理は、取得処理で取得した取得情報に基づいて、図9Aに示すような、作業指示画面D1を作業者端末3に表示させる処理である。作業指示画面D1は、作業者91に作業を指示するための画面である。作業指示画面D1は、取得情報(ここでは作業指示)に基づいて表示されるので、作業スケジュール情報(又は作業指示)によって、その表示内容が変わることになる。
The screen display method according to the present embodiment has an acquisition process and a display process as described above. The acquisition process is a process of acquiring acquisition information. The acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task. In the present embodiment, since the worker terminal 3 receives the work instruction based on the work schedule information, the work instruction is acquired as the acquisition information in the acquisition process. That is, the information regarding the work schedule information acquired in the acquisition process includes the work instruction. The display process is a process for displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 as shown in FIG. 9A based on the acquisition information acquired in the acquisition process. The work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work. Since the work instruction screen D1 is displayed based on the acquired information (here, the work instruction), the displayed content changes depending on the work schedule information (or work instruction).
ここで、作業指示画面D1は、図9Aに示すように、第1領域R1と、第2領域R2と、を含んでいる。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2を表示する領域である。
Here, the work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 and a second region R2, as shown in FIG. 9A. The first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information. The second area R2 is an area for displaying the second object I2, which is the work of the worker 91 and corresponds to the second task different from the first task.
本実施形態では、作業指示画面D1を縦方向(作業指示画面D1の短辺に沿った方向)に二分したときに、下側が第1領域R1、上側が第2領域R2となるように、第1領域R1及び第2領域R2が設定されている。ここでは、図9Aに示すように、第1領域R1の方が、第2領域R2に比べて、作業指示画面D1を縦方向の寸法が大きい。そのため、作業指示画面D1の縦方向においては、作業指示画面D1の半分以上を第1領域R1が占めている。
In the present embodiment, when the work instruction screen D1 is bisected in the vertical direction (direction along the short side of the work instruction screen D1), the lower side becomes the first region R1 and the upper side becomes the second region R2. The first region R1 and the second region R2 are set. Here, as shown in FIG. 9A, the first region R1 has a larger vertical dimension of the work instruction screen D1 than the second region R2. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work instruction screen D1, the first region R1 occupies more than half of the work instruction screen D1.
さらに、作業指示画面D1は、上述したように、第1領域R1及び第2領域R2に加えて、メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4を更に含んでいる。メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4は、作業指示画面D1における第2領域R2の上方に配置されている。メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4は、作業指示画面D1の横方向(作業指示画面D1の長辺に沿った方向)に並んでおり、時間表示領域R4はメニュー表示領域R3の右方に配置されている。メニュー表示領域R3は、一例として「スタッフA」という作業者91を特定する文字列、及びメニューボタンを表示する領域である。時間表示領域R4は、現在時刻(年月日も含む)を表示する領域であって、一例として「2018/09/14(金)19:17」という文字列が表示されている。
Further, as described above, the work instruction screen D1 further includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the first area R1 and the second area R2. The menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 are arranged above the second area R2 in the work instruction screen D1. The menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 are arranged in the horizontal direction of the work instruction screen D1 (direction along the long side of the work instruction screen D1), and the time display area R4 is arranged on the right side of the menu display area R3. Has been done. The menu display area R3 is, for example, an area for displaying a character string that identifies the worker 91 called “staff A” and a menu button. The time display area R4 is an area for displaying the current time (including the date), and the character string "2018/09/14 (Friday) 19:17" is displayed as an example.
作業指示画面D1について更に詳しく説明すると、第1領域R1には、第1オブジェクトI1が複数表示されている。複数の第1オブジェクトI1は、対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの少なくとも一方に応じた順に並んでいる。図9Aの例では、第1領域R1に5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15が並べて表示されている。5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15を特に区別しない場合には、5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15の各々を単に「第1オブジェクトI1」ともいう。
Explaining the work instruction screen D1 in more detail, a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1. The plurality of first objects I1 are arranged in the order corresponding to at least one of the priority and the instruction timing of the corresponding first task. In the example of FIG. 9A, five first objects I11 to I15 are displayed side by side in the first region R1. When the five first objects I11 to I15 are not particularly distinguished, each of the five first objects I11 to I15 is also simply referred to as "first object I1".
各第1オブジェクトI1は、作業指示画面D1の縦方向に長い長方形状の外形を有する。各第1オブジェクトI1は、作業者91の操作(タップ)を受け付けるためのオブジェクトである。各第1オブジェクトI1は、対応する第1タスクを特定するための特定情報を含み、一例として、第1タスクを表すアイコン(図像)を特定情報として含んでいる。さらに、各第1オブジェクトI1は、対応する第1タスクの指示タイミングを表す時刻情報を含み、一例として、指示タイミングの時刻を表す文字列を時刻情報として含んでいる。図9Aでは一例として、第1オブジェクトI11がファストフードの補充(作り置き)、第1オブジェクトI12が商品の品出し、第1オブジェクトI13が陳列、第1オブジェクトI14がチェック、第1オブジェクトI15が検品に、それぞれ対応する。そして、例えば、第1オブジェクトI11であれば、ファストフードの補充(作り置き)という第1タスクを表すアイコンと、指示タイミングの時刻を表す「18:00」という文字列と、を含んでいる。
Each first object I1 has a rectangular outer shape that is long in the vertical direction of the work instruction screen D1. Each first object I1 is an object for receiving an operation (tap) of the worker 91. Each first object I1 includes specific information for identifying the corresponding first task, and as an example, includes an icon (icon) representing the first task as specific information. Further, each first object I1 includes time information indicating the instruction timing of the corresponding first task, and as an example, includes a character string indicating the time of the instruction timing as the time information. In FIG. 9A, as an example, the first object I11 is a fast food replenishment (preparation), the first object I12 is a product, the first object I13 is a display, the first object I14 is a check, and the first object I15 is an inspection. , Respectively. Then, for example, in the case of the first object I11, an icon representing the first task of replenishing (preparing) fast food and a character string "18:00" representing the time of the instruction timing are included.
これら5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15は、第1オブジェクトI11が右端となるように、作業指示画面D1において右側から第1オブジェクトI11,I12,I13,I14,I15の順に並べて配置されている。このような5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15の並び順は、それぞれ対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの少なくとも一方に応じた順である。
These five first objects I11 to I15 are arranged in the order of the first objects I11, I12, I13, I14, and I15 from the right side on the work instruction screen D1 so that the first object I11 is at the right end. The order of arrangement of the five first objects I11 to I15 is according to at least one of the priority and the instruction timing of the corresponding first task.
本実施形態においては、第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの両方に応じて、5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15の並び順が決定されている。具体的には、作業指示画面D1において右側から指示タイミングが早い順に並ぶように、複数の第1オブジェクトI1が時系列順に並んでいる。さらに、指示タイミングが同じ第1オブジェクトI1が複数あれば、これら指示タイミングが同じ複数の第1オブジェクトI1については、作業指示画面D1において右側から優先度が高い順に並ぶように、複数の第1オブジェクトI1が優先度順に並んでいる。図9Aの例では、指示タイミングが「18:00」である第1オブジェクトI11は右端に位置し、指示タイミングが「19:00」である第1オブジェクトI12~I15は第1オブジェクトI11の左方に位置する。そして、指示タイミングが同じ第1オブジェクトI12~I15については、優先度が「中」である第1オブジェクトI12,I13が右側に位置し、優先度が「低」である第1オブジェクトI14,I15が左側に位置する。
In the present embodiment, the order of the five first objects I11 to I15 is determined according to both the priority of the first task and the instruction timing. Specifically, a plurality of first objects I1 are arranged in chronological order so that the instruction timings are arranged in order from the right side on the work instruction screen D1. Further, if there are a plurality of first objects I1 having the same instruction timing, the plurality of first objects I1 having the same instruction timing are arranged in descending order of priority from the right side on the work instruction screen D1. I1 are arranged in order of priority. In the example of FIG. 9A, the first object I11 whose instruction timing is "18:00" is located at the right end, and the first objects I12 to I15 whose instruction timing is "19:00" are to the left of the first object I11. Located in. Then, for the first objects I12 to I15 having the same instruction timing, the first objects I12 and I13 having a priority of "medium" are located on the right side, and the first objects I14 and I15 having a priority of "low" are located on the right side. Located on the left side.
ただし、第1オブジェクトI11~I15の並び順は、対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの少なくとも一方によって決まればよい。そのため、第1オブジェクトI11~I15の並び順は、例えば、対応する第1タスクのみにより決まってもよく、対応する第1タスクの指示タイミングのみにより決まってもよい。
However, the arrangement order of the first objects I11 to I15 may be determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing. Therefore, the order of the first objects I11 to I15 may be determined only by the corresponding first task, for example, or may be determined only by the instruction timing of the corresponding first task.
ところで、上述したように、作業者91が、右手で作業者端末3を操作することを想定すると、作業指示画面D1においては、右端部(肘側の端部)に近づくほど操作しやすくなる。そのため、5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15のうち、第1オブジェクトI11が最も操作しやすい位置にあり、第1オブジェクトI12,I13,I14,I15の順に操作しにくくなる。結果的に、第1オブジェクトI1は、対応するタスク(第1タスク)の指示タイミングが早いほど、又は優先度が高いほどに、作業指示画面D1において、操作しやすい位置に配置されることになる。
By the way, as described above, assuming that the worker 91 operates the worker terminal 3 with his / her right hand, the closer to the right end (the end on the elbow side) of the work instruction screen D1, the easier the operation becomes. Therefore, of the five first objects I11 to I15, the first object I11 is at the position where it is easiest to operate, and it becomes difficult to operate the first objects I12, I13, I14, and I15 in that order. As a result, the first object I1 is arranged at a position that is easy to operate on the work instruction screen D1 as the instruction timing of the corresponding task (first task) is earlier or the priority is higher. ..
第1オブジェクトI1は、対応する第1タスクの優先度によって表示態様が異なる。本開示でいう「表示態様」は、例えば、色(表示色)、テキストのフォント(サイズ及び太さを含む)、動き(変形及び明滅等を含む)、アイコンの形状及び大きさ(サイズ)等を含む。本実施形態では、第1オブジェクトI1の表示色が、対応する第1タスクの優先度によって異なっている。一例として、優先度が「高」である第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1は赤色、優先度が「中」である第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1は黄色、優先度が「低」である第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1は青色である。
The display mode of the first object I1 differs depending on the priority of the corresponding first task. The "display mode" referred to in the present disclosure includes, for example, color (display color), text font (including size and thickness), movement (including deformation and blinking), icon shape and size (size), and the like. including. In the present embodiment, the display color of the first object I1 differs depending on the priority of the corresponding first task. As an example, the first object I1 corresponding to the first task having a priority of "high" is red, the first object I1 corresponding to the first task having a priority of "medium" is yellow, and the priority is "low". The first object I1 corresponding to the first task is blue.
また、第2領域R2には、第2オブジェクトI2が複数表示されている。図9Aの例では、第2領域R2に2つの第2オブジェクトI21,I22が並べて表示されている。2つの第2オブジェクトI21,I22を特に区別しない場合には、2つの第2オブジェクトI21,I22の各々を単に「第2オブジェクトI2」ともいう。
Further, a plurality of second objects I2 are displayed in the second area R2. In the example of FIG. 9A, two second objects I21 and I22 are displayed side by side in the second region R2. When the two second objects I21 and I22 are not particularly distinguished, each of the two second objects I21 and I22 is also simply referred to as "second object I2".
各第2オブジェクトI2は、作業指示画面D1の横方向に長い長方形状の外形を有する。各第2オブジェクトI2は、作業者91の操作(タップ)を受け付けるためのオブジェクトである。各第2オブジェクトI2は、対応する第2タスクを特定するための特定情報を含み、一例として、第2タスクを表すアイコン(図像)及びテキスト(文字列)を特定情報として含んでいる。図9Aでは一例として、第2オブジェクトI21がレジ対応、第2オブジェクトI22がファストフード対応(FF対応)に、それぞれ対応する。そして、例えば、第2オブジェクトI21であれば、レジ対応という第2タスクを表すアイコン及びテキスト(「レジ対応」)を含んでいる。
Each second object I2 has a rectangular outer shape that is long in the horizontal direction of the work instruction screen D1. Each second object I2 is an object for receiving the operation (tap) of the worker 91. Each second object I2 includes specific information for identifying the corresponding second task, and as an example, includes an icon (icon) and a text (character string) representing the second task as specific information. In FIG. 9A, as an example, the second object I21 corresponds to the cash register and the second object I22 corresponds to the fast food (FF correspondence). Then, for example, in the case of the second object I21, an icon and a text (“cash register correspondence”) representing the second task of cash register correspondence are included.
図9Aの例において、作業指示画面D1に表示されている第1オブジェクトI1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれるタスクのうち、現在、作業指示が出されているタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1である。つまり、作業者91が実行すべきタスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1が、作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1に表示されている。そのため、作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1に表示される第1オブジェクトI1は、未完了の状態のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1のみである。したがって、第1領域R1に表示される第1オブジェクトI1は、時間の経過に伴って、又はタスクが完了することをもって随時変化する、変動的なオブジェクトである。
In the example of FIG. 9A, the first object I1 displayed on the work instruction screen D1 corresponds to the task (first task) for which the work instruction is currently issued among the tasks included in the work schedule information. One object I1. That is, the first object I1 corresponding to the task to be executed by the worker 91 is displayed in the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. Therefore, the first object I1 displayed in the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1 is only the first object I1 corresponding to the task in the unfinished state (first task). Therefore, the first object I1 displayed in the first region R1 is a variable object that changes from time to time with the passage of time or with the completion of the task.
一方、作業指示画面D1に表示されている第2オブジェクトI2は、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されていないタスク(第2タスク)に対応する。つまり、第2オブジェクトI2に対応するタスクについては、作業者91が実行すべきタイミングが規定されておらず、作業者91は、いつでも実行し得ることになる。そのため、作業指示画面D1の第2領域R2に表示される第2オブジェクトI2に対応するタスク(第2タスク)については、完了/未完了という概念がない。したがって、第2領域R2に表示される第2オブジェクトI2は、時間が経過しても変化しない、固定的なオブジェクトである。
On the other hand, the second object I2 displayed on the work instruction screen D1 corresponds to a task (second task) in which the instruction timing is not specified in the work schedule information. That is, with respect to the task corresponding to the second object I2, the timing to be executed by the worker 91 is not defined, and the worker 91 can execute the task at any time. Therefore, there is no concept of completion / incomplete for the task (second task) corresponding to the second object I2 displayed in the second area R2 of the work instruction screen D1. Therefore, the second object I2 displayed in the second region R2 is a fixed object that does not change over time.
以下では、上述したような作業指示画面D1が表示されている状態において、「19:00」という指示タイミングに対応する「商品の品出し」というタスク(第1タスク)を、作業者91が実行する場合を例に説明する。さらに、ここでは一例として、図1に示すように、品出し作業中の作業者91A、清掃作業中の作業者91B、接客中の作業者91Cのうち、作業者91Aが作業指示を受諾する場合を想定する。
In the following, in the state where the work instruction screen D1 as described above is displayed, the worker 91 executes the task (first task) of "delivering the product" corresponding to the instruction timing of "19:00". A case will be described as an example. Further, here, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, when the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
この場合、作業者91Aは、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Aに表示された作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示を受諾するべく、図9Aに示す作業指示画面D1上で第1オブジェクトI12を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、作業指示が受諾されたことを表す受諾通知が管理装置2に送信される(図3のS4:Yes)。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図9Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図9Bに示す作業選択画面D2に遷移する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、第1遷移処理を有している。第1遷移処理は、第1領域R1に表示されている第1オブジェクトI1に係る第1タスクを選択する操作を受け付けると、作業者端末3の表示を、作業指示画面D1から作業選択画面D2に変更する処理である。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第1オブジェクトI1のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
In this case, the worker 91A looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the first object I12 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2 (S4: Yes in FIG. 3). At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9A to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 9B. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a first transition process. When the first transition process receives the operation of selecting the first task related to the first object I1 displayed in the first area R1, the display of the worker terminal 3 is displayed from the work instruction screen D1 to the work selection screen D2. This is the process of changing. The operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
ここにおいて、作業選択画面D2は、図9Bに示すように、第1領域R1に代えて、詳細オブジェクトI3を含んでいる。そのため、作業選択画面D2の縦方向においては、作業選択画面D2の半分以上を詳細オブジェクトI3が占めている。作業選択画面D2は、第1領域R1以外の構成については、作業指示画面D1と同様である。つまり、作業選択画面D2は、詳細オブジェクトI3に加えて、第2領域R2、メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4を含んでいる。
Here, the work selection screen D2 includes a detailed object I3 instead of the first region R1 as shown in FIG. 9B. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work selection screen D2, the detailed object I3 occupies more than half of the work selection screen D2. The work selection screen D2 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the configuration other than the first area R1. That is, the work selection screen D2 includes the second area R2, the menu display area R3, and the time display area R4 in addition to the detailed object I3.
詳細オブジェクトI3は、作業指示画面D1で選択された第1オブジェクトI1に対応するタスク(第1タスク)に関連し、かつ第1オブジェクトI1よりも表示面積の大きいオブジェクトである。すなわち、本実施形態では、作業スケジュール情報は第1タスクを複数含んでいる。第1遷移処理では、作業指示画面D1において、複数の第1タスクのうちの1つの第1タスクからなる選択タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を選択する操作を受け付けると、詳細オブジェクトI3を含む作業選択画面D2を表示する。詳細オブジェクトI3は、選択タスクに関連し第1オブジェクトI1よりも表示面積の大きいオブジェクトである。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第1オブジェクトI1のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
The detailed object I3 is an object that is related to the task (first task) corresponding to the first object I1 selected on the work instruction screen D1 and has a larger display area than the first object I1. That is, in the present embodiment, the work schedule information includes a plurality of first tasks. In the first transition process, when the operation of selecting the first object I1 corresponding to the selection task consisting of the first task of one of the plurality of first tasks is received on the work instruction screen D1, the work including the detailed object I3 is received. The selection screen D2 is displayed. The detailed object I3 is an object having a larger display area than the first object I1 associated with the selected task. The operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
また、本実施形態では、作業選択画面D2は、詳細オブジェクトI3内に、完了ボタンI31及びキャンセルボタンI32を含んでいる。完了ボタンI31には「完了」という文字列が表示され、キャンセルボタンI32には「キャンセル」という文字列が表示されている。完了ボタンI31は、作業者91がタスク(作業)を完了したときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)され、キャンセルボタンI32は、作業者91がタスク(作業)を中断するときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)される。
Further, in the present embodiment, the work selection screen D2 includes a completion button I31 and a cancel button I32 in the detailed object I3. The character string "completed" is displayed on the completion button I31, and the character string "cancel" is displayed on the cancel button I32. The completion button I31 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 completes the task (work), and the cancel button I32 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 interrupts the task (work). Operated (tapped).
作業者91Aは、詳細オブジェクトI3に対応するタスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)の完了後に、作業者端末3Aに表示された作業選択画面D2上で、作業の完了を報告するべく、完了ボタンI31を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、タスクが完了したことを表す完了通知が管理装置2に送信され(図3のS5:Yes)、作業選択画面D2の表示が終了する。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図9Bに示す作業選択画面D2から、図9Cに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、選択タスクの状態を完了状態とする完了処理を更に有している。そして、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法では、作業選択画面D2において、選択タスクが完了したことを示す作業者91の操作を受け付けると、完了処理を実行する。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、完了ボタンI31のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
After the task corresponding to the detailed object I3 (here, "delivery of goods") is completed, the worker 91A completes the work in order to report the completion of the work on the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Operate (tap) button I31 with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task has been completed to the management device 2 (S5: Yes in FIG. 3), and the display of the work selection screen D2 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 9B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes a completion process for setting the state of the selected task to the completed state. Then, in the screen display method according to the present embodiment, when the operation of the worker 91 indicating that the selection task is completed is received on the work selection screen D2, the completion process is executed. The operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to tapping the completion button I31, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
図9Cに示す作業指示画面D1では、完了状態となったタスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1は削除されている。つまり、図9Cに示す作業指示画面D1では、「商品の品出し」というタスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1が削除され、「20:00」という指示タイミングのタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI15が追加されている。
In the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C, the first object I1 corresponding to the completed task (here, "delivery of goods") is deleted. That is, on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C, the first object I1 corresponding to the task of "delivering the product" is deleted, and the first object corresponding to the task (first task) of the instruction timing of "20:00" is deleted. One object I15 has been added.
また、作業者91B,91Cが携帯する作業者端末3B,3Cにおいても、図9Cに示す作業指示画面D1が表示される。ただし、作業者端末3B,3Cにおいては、作業者端末3Aに作業選択画面D2が表示されたタイミング、つまり詳細オブジェクトI3に対応するタスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)が受諾状態になったことを受けて、作業指示画面D1が変化する。要するに、本実施形態では、対応する第1タスクの状態が受諾状態になったことをもって、第1オブジェクトI1を第1領域R1から消去している。ただし、この例に限らず、対応する第1タスクの状態が完了状態になったことをもって、第1オブジェクトI1を第1領域R1から消去してもよい。
Further, the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 9C is also displayed on the worker terminals 3B and 3C carried by the workers 91B and 91C. However, in the worker terminals 3B and 3C, the timing when the work selection screen D2 is displayed on the worker terminal 3A, that is, the task corresponding to the detailed object I3 (here, "delivery of goods") is in the accepted state. In response to this, the work instruction screen D1 changes. In short, in the present embodiment, the first object I1 is deleted from the first area R1 when the state of the corresponding first task becomes the acceptance state. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and the first object I1 may be erased from the first region R1 when the state of the corresponding first task becomes the completed state.
言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、消去処理を更に有している。消去処理は、対応する第1タスクの状態が受諾状態又は完了状態になった第1オブジェクトI1を、第1領域R1から消去する処理である。
In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes an erasing process. The erasing process is a process of erasing, from the first region R1, the first object I1 in which the state of the corresponding first task is in the acceptance state or the completed state.
一方で、作業者91Aは、詳細オブジェクトI3に対応するタスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)を中断する場合には、作業者端末3Aに表示された作業選択画面D2上で、キャンセルボタンI32を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、タスクが中断されたことを表す中断通知が作業者端末3Aから管理装置2に送信される。管理装置2は、作業指示を受諾した作業者端末3Aから中断通知を受信した状態、又は作業者端末3Aから完了通知を受信しない状態のまま、指示タイミングから所定時間が経過した場合に、タスクが完了しなかったとの判定を行う(図3のS5:No)。このように、タスクが完了せず、つまりタスクが未完了のまま、指示タイミングから所定時間が経過した場合にも、作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1からは、このタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1は削除される。
On the other hand, when the worker 91A interrupts the task corresponding to the detailed object I3 (here, "delivery of goods"), the cancel button I32 is displayed on the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, an interruption notification indicating that the task has been interrupted is transmitted from the worker terminal 3A to the management device 2. The management device 2 performs a task when a predetermined time elapses from the instruction timing while the interruption notification is received from the worker terminal 3A that has accepted the work instruction or the completion notification is not received from the worker terminal 3A. It is determined that the completion has not been completed (S5: No in FIG. 3). In this way, even when a predetermined time elapses from the instruction timing while the task is not completed, that is, the task is not completed, the task (first task) is displayed from the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. The corresponding first object I1 is deleted.
言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、時限消去処理を更に有する。時限消去処理は、対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの少なくとも一方によって決まる消去タイミングになった第1オブジェクトI1を、第1領域R1から消去する処理である。ここにおいて、本実施形態では一例として、消去タイミングは、指示タイミングから優先度に応じたタイムアウト時間が経過したタイミングである。つまり、指示タイミングから消去タイミングまでのタイムアウト時間は、タスクの優先度によって異なる。一例として、優先度が「高」である第1タスクのタイムアウト時間は5時間、優先度が「中」である第1タスクのタイムアウト時間は3時間、優先度が「低」である第1タスクのタイムアウト時間は1時間である。よって、本実施形態では、消去タイミングは、対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの両方によって決まることになる。
In other words, the screen display method according to this embodiment further includes a timed deletion process. The timed erasing process is a process of erasing, from the first region R1, the first object I1 whose erasing timing is determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing. Here, as an example in the present embodiment, the erasure timing is the timing at which the timeout time according to the priority has elapsed from the instruction timing. That is, the timeout time from the instruction timing to the deletion timing differs depending on the priority of the task. As an example, the timeout time of the first task with "high" priority is 5 hours, the timeout time of the first task with "medium" priority is 3 hours, and the timeout time of the first task with "low priority" is "low". The timeout time for is 1 hour. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the erase timing is determined by both the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing.
ただし、消去タイミングは、対応する第1タスクの優先度と指示タイミングとの少なくとも一方によって決まればよいので、例えば、対応する第1タスクのみにより決まってもよく、対応する第1タスクの指示タイミングのみにより決まってもよい。
However, since the erasure timing may be determined by at least one of the priority of the corresponding first task and the instruction timing, for example, it may be determined only by the corresponding first task, and only the instruction timing of the corresponding first task. May be decided by.
(3.2)突発作業
次に、突発的にタスク(第1タスク)が発生した際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図10A~図10Cを参照して説明する。 (3.2) Sudden work Next, the transition of the screen displayed on theworker terminal 3 when a task (first task) suddenly occurs will be described with reference to FIGS. 10A to 10C.
次に、突発的にタスク(第1タスク)が発生した際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図10A~図10Cを参照して説明する。 (3.2) Sudden work Next, the transition of the screen displayed on the
以下では、図10Aに示すような作業指示画面D1が表示されている状態において、「13:00」という指示タイミングに対応する「ごみ袋の交換」というタスク(第1タスク)が、突発的に発生する場合を例に説明する。さらに、ここでは一例として、現在時刻が「12:00」である場合を想定する。
In the following, in the state where the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG. 10A is displayed, the task (first task) of "replacement of the garbage bag" corresponding to the instruction timing of "13:00" suddenly occurs. The case where it occurs will be described as an example. Further, here, as an example, it is assumed that the current time is "12:00".
前提として、上述したように、本実施形態では、サーバ装置1は、センサ7の検知結果(センシング情報)等に基づいて、不定期タスク情報を生成している。これにより、不定期タスクに関するタスク情報である不定期タスク情報が自動的に生成される。このような不定期タスクは、突発的に発生し得る。例えば、センサ7Cがごみ箱72内のごみの量が上限値に達したことを検知すると、「13:00」という指示タイミングに対応する「ごみ袋の交換」が不定期タスクとして前倒しで発生する。
As a premise, as described above, in the present embodiment, the server device 1 generates irregular task information based on the detection result (sensing information) of the sensor 7. As a result, irregular task information, which is task information regarding irregular tasks, is automatically generated. Such irregular tasks can occur suddenly. For example, when the sensor 7C detects that the amount of garbage in the trash can 72 has reached the upper limit, "replacement of the trash bag" corresponding to the instruction timing of "13:00" occurs ahead of schedule as an irregular task.
このとき、作業者端末3の表示は、図10Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図10Bに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。図10Bに示す作業指示画面D1では、突発的に発生した不定期タスク(ここでは「ごみ袋の交換」)に対応する第1オブジェクトI11が追加されている。この第1オブジェクトI11は、指示タイミングこそ「13:00」であるものの、特に緊急性を要するので、5つの第1オブジェクトI11~I15のうちの右端に割込表示されている。これにより、図10Aに示す作業指示画面D1に含まれる第1オブジェクトI15は、図10Bの作業指示画面D1では画面外に押し出されることになり、非表示となる。
At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B. In the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B, a first object I11 corresponding to an irregular task (here, “replacement of garbage bag”) that occurs suddenly is added. Although the instruction timing of the first object I11 is "13:00", it is particularly urgent, so that the first object I11 is interrupted and displayed at the right end of the five first objects I11 to I15. As a result, the first object I15 included in the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10A is pushed out of the work instruction screen D1 in FIG. 10B and is hidden.
このように、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、突発表示処理を更に有する。突発表示処理は、第1領域R1に、作業スケジュール情報において対応付けられている指示タイミングよりも前のタイミングで第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示する処理である。つまり、突発表示処理によれば、突発的に発生した不定期タスク(ここでは「ごみ袋の交換」)に対応する第1オブジェクトI11は、作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1に、本来の指示タイミング「13:00」よりも前のタイミングで、表示されることなる。
As described above, the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes a sudden display process. The sudden display process is a process of displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task in the first region R1 at a timing prior to the instruction timing associated in the work schedule information. That is, according to the sudden display process, the first object I11 corresponding to the suddenly generated irregular task (here, “replacement of garbage bag”) is originally instructed to the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. It is displayed at a timing before the timing "13:00".
その後の処理は、「(3.1)第1タスクの受諾及び完了」で説明した処理と同様である。すなわち、作業者91は、自身が携帯する作業者端末3に表示された作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示を受諾するべく、図10Bに示す作業指示画面D1上で第1オブジェクトI11を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3の表示は、図10Bに示す作業指示画面D1から、図10Cに示す作業選択画面D2に遷移する。
Subsequent processing is the same as the processing explained in "(3.1) Acceptance and completion of the first task". That is, the worker 91 looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker and points to the first object I11 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B in order to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with F1. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 10B to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 10C.
(3.3)第2タスクの受諾及び完了
次に、第2タスクを受諾して完了する際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図11A~図11Cを参照して説明する。 (3.3) Acceptance and Completion of Second Task Next, the transition of the screen displayed on theworker terminal 3 when accepting and completing the second task will be described with reference to FIGS. 11A to 11C. To do.
次に、第2タスクを受諾して完了する際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図11A~図11Cを参照して説明する。 (3.3) Acceptance and Completion of Second Task Next, the transition of the screen displayed on the
以下では、図11Aに示すような作業指示画面D1が表示されている状態において、「レジ対応」というタスク(第2タスク)を、作業者91が実行する場合を例に説明する。さらに、ここでは一例として、図1に示すように、品出し作業中の作業者91A、清掃作業中の作業者91B、接客中の作業者91Cのうち、作業者91Aが作業指示を受諾する場合を想定する。
In the following, a case where the worker 91 executes the task (second task) of "cash register correspondence" while the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG. 11A is displayed will be described as an example. Further, here, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, when the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
この場合、作業者91Aは、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Aに表示された作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示を受諾するべく、図11Aに示す作業指示画面D1上で第2オブジェクトI21を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、作業指示が受諾されたことを表す受諾通知が管理装置2に送信される(図3のS4:Yes)。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図11Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図11Bに示す作業受諾画面D3に遷移する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、第2遷移処理を有している。第2遷移処理は、第2領域R2に表示されている第2オブジェクトI2に係る第2タスクを選択する操作を受け付けると、作業者端末3の表示を、作業指示画面D1から作業受諾画面D3に変更する処理である。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第2オブジェクトI2のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
In this case, the worker 91A looks at the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the second object I21 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2 (S4: Yes in FIG. 3). At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a second transition process. When the second transition process receives the operation of selecting the second task related to the second object I2 displayed in the second area R2, the display of the worker terminal 3 is displayed from the work instruction screen D1 to the work acceptance screen D3. This is the process of changing. The operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the second object I2, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
ここにおいて、作業受諾画面D3は、図11Bに示すように、第1領域R1に代えて、状況オブジェクトI4を含んでいる。そのため、作業受諾画面D3の縦方向においては、作業受諾画面D3の半分以上を詳細オブジェクトI3が占めている。また、作業受諾画面D3は、第2領域R2に代えて、要請領域R5を含んでいる。要請領域R5は、応援要請用の要請オブジェクトI5を表示する領域である。ここでは、第2オブジェクトI2が要請オブジェクトI5に置き換えられており、したがって、要請領域R5には2つの要請オブジェクトI51,I52が表示される。2つの要請オブジェクトI51,I52を特に区別しない場合には、2つの要請オブジェクトI51,I52の各々を単に「要請オブジェクトI5」ともいう。
Here, the work acceptance screen D3 includes a status object I4 instead of the first region R1 as shown in FIG. 11B. Therefore, in the vertical direction of the work acceptance screen D3, the detailed object I3 occupies more than half of the work acceptance screen D3. Further, the work acceptance screen D3 includes a request area R5 instead of the second area R2. The request area R5 is an area for displaying the request object I5 for requesting support. Here, the second object I2 is replaced by the request object I5, and therefore, two request objects I51 and I52 are displayed in the request area R5. When the two request objects I51 and I52 are not particularly distinguished, each of the two request objects I51 and I52 is also simply referred to as "request object I5".
作業受諾画面D3は、第1領域R1及び第2領域R2以外の構成については、作業指示画面D1と同様である。つまり、作業受諾画面D3は、状況オブジェクトI4及び要請領域R5に加えて、メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4を含んでいる。
The work acceptance screen D3 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the first area R1 and the second area R2. That is, the work acceptance screen D3 includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the status object I4 and the request area R5.
状況オブジェクトI4は、作業指示画面D1で選択された第2オブジェクトI2に対応するタスク(第2タスク)に関連し、かつ第2オブジェクトI2よりも表示面積の大きいオブジェクトである。すなわち、本実施形態では、第2遷移処理では、作業指示画面D1において、第2タスクからなる選択タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2を選択する操作を受け付けると、状況オブジェクトI4を含む作業受諾画面D3を表示する。状況オブジェクトI4は、選択タスクに関連し第2オブジェクトI2よりも表示面積の大きいオブジェクトである。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第2オブジェクトI2のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
The status object I4 is an object that is related to the task (second task) corresponding to the second object I2 selected on the work instruction screen D1 and has a larger display area than the second object I2. That is, in the present embodiment, in the second transition process, when the operation of selecting the second object I2 corresponding to the selected task consisting of the second tasks is accepted on the work instruction screen D1, the work acceptance screen D3 including the situation object I4 is received. Is displayed. The status object I4 is an object having a larger display area than the second object I2 in relation to the selection task. The operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the second object I2, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
また、本実施形態では、作業受諾画面D3は、状況オブジェクトI4内に、完了ボタンI41を含んでいる。完了ボタンI41には「完了」という文字列が表示されている。完了ボタンI41は、作業者91がタスク(作業)を完了したときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)される。
Further, in the present embodiment, the work acceptance screen D3 includes the completion button I41 in the status object I4. A character string "completion" is displayed on the completion button I41. The completion button I41 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 completes a task (work).
作業者91Aは、状況オブジェクトI4に対応するタスク(ここでは「レジ対応」)の完了後に、作業者端末3Aに表示された作業受諾画面D3上で、作業の完了を報告するべく、完了ボタンI41を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、タスクが完了したことを表す完了通知が管理装置2に送信され(図3のS5:Yes)、作業受諾画面D3の表示が終了する。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図11Bに示す作業受諾画面D3から、図11Cに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法では、作業受諾画面D3において、選択タスクが完了したことを示す作業者91の操作を受け付けると、完了処理を実行する。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、完了ボタンI41のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
After the task corresponding to the status object I4 (here, "cash register correspondence") is completed, the worker 91A presses the completion button I41 to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task has been completed to the management device 2 (S5: Yes in FIG. 3), and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11C. In other words, in the screen display method according to the present embodiment, when the operation of the worker 91 indicating that the selected task is completed is received on the work acceptance screen D3, the completion process is executed. The operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to tapping the completion button I41, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
図11Cに示す作業指示画面D1は、作業指示を受諾する前と同じである。つまり、第2タスクについて完了状態になった場合、対応する第2オブジェクトI2は削除されない。そのため、図11Bに示す作業受諾画面D3から遷移する作業指示画面D1は、作業受諾画面D3に遷移する前の図11Aの作業指示画面D1と同じである。
The work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 11C is the same as before accepting the work instruction. That is, when the second task is completed, the corresponding second object I2 is not deleted. Therefore, the work instruction screen D1 transitioning from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 11B is the same as the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 11A before transitioning to the work acceptance screen D3.
(3.4)第1タスクを実行中における第2タスクの受諾及び完了
次に、第1タスクを実行中に第2タスクを受諾して完了する際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図12A~図12Cを参照して説明する。このケースでは、基本的な処理は「(3.3)第2タスクの受諾及び完了」と同様であるので、以下では適宜説明を省略する。 (3.4) Acceptance and completion of the second task while executing the first task Next, the screen displayed on theworker terminal 3 when accepting and completing the second task while executing the first task. The transition will be described with reference to FIGS. 12A to 12C. In this case, the basic processing is the same as "(3.3) Acceptance and completion of second task", and therefore the description thereof will be appropriately omitted below.
次に、第1タスクを実行中に第2タスクを受諾して完了する際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図12A~図12Cを参照して説明する。このケースでは、基本的な処理は「(3.3)第2タスクの受諾及び完了」と同様であるので、以下では適宜説明を省略する。 (3.4) Acceptance and completion of the second task while executing the first task Next, the screen displayed on the
以下では、図12Aに示すような作業選択画面D2が表示されている状態において、「ファストフード対応」というタスク(第2タスク)を、作業者91が実行する場合を例に説明する。さらに、ここでは一例として、図1に示すように、品出し作業中の作業者91A、清掃作業中の作業者91B、接客中の作業者91Cのうち、作業者91Aが作業指示を受諾する場合を想定する。
In the following, a case where the worker 91 executes the task (second task) of "fast food correspondence" while the work selection screen D2 as shown in FIG. 12A is displayed will be described as an example. Further, here, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, when the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
この場合、作業者91Aは、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Aに表示された作業選択画面D2を見て、作業指示を受諾するべく、図12Aに示す作業選択画面D2上で第2オブジェクトI22を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、作業指示が受諾されたことを表す受諾通知が管理装置2に送信される。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図12Aに示す作業選択画面D2から、図12Bに示す作業受諾画面D3に遷移する。
In this case, the worker 91A looks at the work selection screen D2 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker 91A, and selects the second object I22 on the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 12A to accept the work instruction. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 12A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 12B.
作業者91Aは、状況オブジェクトI4に対応するタスク(ここでは「レジ対応」)の完了後に、作業者端末3Aに表示された作業受諾画面D3上で、作業の完了を報告するべく、完了ボタンI41を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、タスクが完了したことを表す完了通知が管理装置2に送信され、作業受諾画面D3の表示が終了する。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図12Bに示す作業受諾画面D3から、図12Cに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。
After the task corresponding to the status object I4 (here, "cash register correspondence") is completed, the worker 91A presses the completion button I41 to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3A. Is operated (tapped) with the finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits a completion notification indicating that the task is completed to the management device 2, and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 12B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 12C.
要するに、作業者91が第1タスクを実行中に第2タスクを受諾した場合には、実行中の第1タスクは中断される。そのため、図12Cに示す作業指示画面D1は、実行中の第1タスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)を中断した場合の作業指示画面D1と同じである。ただし、この場合、実行中の第1タスクを中断することは必須ではなく、作業者端末3の表示は、実行中の第1タスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)を中断する前の作業選択画面D2に戻ってもよい。
In short, if the worker 91 accepts the second task while executing the first task, the first task being executed is interrupted. Therefore, the work instruction screen D1 illustrated in FIG. 12C is the same as the work instruction screen D1 when the first task (here, “commercial product release”) being executed is interrupted. However, in this case, it is not essential to interrupt the first task being executed, and the display on the worker terminal 3 is the work before interrupting the first task being executed (here, "delivery of goods"). You may return to the selection screen D2.
(3.5)応援要請
次に、第2タスクに関する応援要請を行う際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図13A~図13Cを参照して説明する。 (3.5) Request for Assistance Next, transition of screens displayed on theworker terminal 3 when making a request for assistance regarding the second task will be described with reference to FIGS. 13A to 13C.
次に、第2タスクに関する応援要請を行う際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図13A~図13Cを参照して説明する。 (3.5) Request for Assistance Next, transition of screens displayed on the
以下では、作業者91Aが第2タスク(レジ対応)を実行中に、他のレジ対応のタスク(第2タスク)が発生し、第1タスクを実行中の作業者91B及び作業者91Cに対して応援要請を行う場合を例に説明する。
In the following, while the worker 91A is executing the second task (cash register correspondence), another cash register corresponding task (second task) occurs, and the worker 91B and the worker 91C who are executing the first task An example will be described in which a support request is made by using the above method.
この場合、作業者91Aは、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Aに表示された作業受諾画面D3(図11B参照)上で、要請オブジェクトI51を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、応援要請が管理装置2に送信される。
In this case, the worker 91A operates (tap) the request object I51 with the finger F1 on the work acceptance screen D3 (see FIG. 11B) displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker. As a result, the support request is transmitted from the worker terminal 3A to the management device 2.
このとき、作業者91B,91Cが携帯する作業者端末3B,3Cの表示は、作業選択画面D2(図9B参照)から、図13Aに示す応援要請画面D4に遷移する。言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、応援要請処理を有している。応援要請処理は、いずれかの作業者端末3の作業受諾画面D3に表示されている要請オブジェクトI5を選択する操作を受け付けると、他の作業者端末3の表示を、応援要請画面D4に変更する処理である。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、要請オブジェクトI51のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
At this time, the display of the worker terminals 3B and 3C carried by the workers 91B and 91C shifts from the work selection screen D2 (see FIG. 9B) to the support request screen D4 shown in FIG. 13A. In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment has a support request process. When the support request process receives the operation of selecting the request object I5 displayed on the work acceptance screen D3 of any worker terminal 3, the display of the other worker terminal 3 is changed to the support request screen D4. It is a process. The operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to tapping the request object I51, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
応援要請画面D4は、図13Aに示すように、第1領域R1及び第2領域R2に代えて、依頼オブジェクトI6を含んでいる。そのため、応援要請画面D4の半分以上を依頼オブジェクトI6が占めている。応援要請画面D4は、第1領域R1及び第2領域R2以外の構成については、作業指示画面D1と同様である。つまり、応援要請画面D4は、依頼オブジェクトI6に加えて、メニュー表示領域R3及び時間表示領域R4を含んでいる。
As shown in FIG. 13A, the support request screen D4 includes the request object I6 in place of the first region R1 and the second region R2. Therefore, the request object I6 occupies more than half of the support request screen D4. The support request screen D4 is the same as the work instruction screen D1 except for the first area R1 and the second area R2. That is, the support request screen D4 includes the menu display area R3 and the time display area R4 in addition to the request object I6.
依頼オブジェクトI6は、応援要請の内容を通知するオブジェクトである。図13Aの例では、依頼オブジェクトI6は、レジ対応の応援要請を通知する。具体的には、依頼オブジェクトI6は、「19:18 スタッフAさんからレジ対応依頼があります。」という文字列を含んでいる。
The request object I6 is an object that notifies the content of the support request. In the example of FIG. 13A, the request object I6 notifies the support request for the cash register. Specifically, the request object I6 contains the character string "19:18 Staff A has requested cashier support."
応援要請画面D4は、依頼オブジェクトI6内に、対応ボタンI61及び対応不可ボタンI62を含んでいる。対応ボタンI61には「対応」という文字列が表示され、対応不可ボタンI62には「対応不可」という文字列が表示されている。対応ボタンI61は、作業者91が応援要請(レジ対応)を受諾するときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)され、対応不可ボタンI62は、作業者91が応援要請(レジ対応)を拒否するときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)される。
The support request screen D4 includes a corresponding button I61 and a non-corresponding button I62 in the request object I6. The character string "correspondence" is displayed on the correspondence button I61, and the character string "correspondence" is displayed on the correspondence button I62. The response button I61 is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the worker 91 accepts the support request (cash register support), and the non-response button I62 is when the worker 91 rejects the support request (cash register support). Then, the operator 91 operates (tap).
この場合に、作業者91Bが、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Bに表示された応援要請画面D4を見て、応援要請を受諾するべく、図13Aに示す応援要請画面D4上で対応ボタンI61を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Bからは、応援要請が受諾されたことを表す受諾通知が管理装置2に送信される。このとき、作業者端末3Bの表示は、図13Aに示す応援要請画面D4から、図13Bに示す作業受諾画面D3に遷移する。
In this case, the worker 91B looks at the support request screen D4 displayed on the worker terminal 3B carried by the worker 91B and clicks the corresponding button I61 on the support request screen D4 shown in FIG. 13A to accept the support request. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3B transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the support request has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3B shifts from the support request screen D4 shown in FIG. 13A to the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 13B.
その後の処理は、「(3.4)第1タスクを実行中における第2タスクの受諾及び完了」で説明した処理と同様である。つまり、作業者91Bは、状況オブジェクトI4に対応するタスク(ここでは「レジ対応」)の完了後に、作業者端末3Bに表示された作業受諾画面D3上で、作業の完了を報告するべく、完了ボタンI41を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Bからは、タスクが完了したことを表す完了通知が管理装置2に送信され、作業受諾画面D3の表示が終了する。このとき、作業者端末3Bの表示は、図13Bに示す作業受諾画面D3から、図13Cに示す作業選択画面D2に遷移する。 要するに、作業者91が第1タスクを実行中に第2タスクの応援要請を受諾した場合には、実行中の第1タスクは中断される。そのため、図13Cに示す作業選択画面D2は、実行中の第1タスク(ここでは「商品の品出し」)を中断する前の作業選択画面D2と同じである。
The subsequent process is the same as the process described in “(3.4) Accepting and completing the second task during execution of the first task”. That is, the worker 91B completes to report the completion of the work on the work acceptance screen D3 displayed on the worker terminal 3B after the task corresponding to the status object I4 (here, “cash register support”) is completed. Operate (tap) button I41 with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3B transmits a completion notification indicating that the task is completed to the management device 2, and the display of the work acceptance screen D3 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3B transits from the work acceptance screen D3 shown in FIG. 13B to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 13C. In short, if the worker 91 accepts the support request for the second task while the first task is being executed, the first task being executed is interrupted. Therefore, the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 13C is the same as the work selection screen D2 before the interruption of the currently executing first task (here, “commercial product release”).
(3.6)スキップ処理
次に、第1タスクを受諾後にスキップする際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図14A~図14Cを参照して説明する。このケースでは、基本的な処理は「(3.1)第1タスクの受諾及び完了」と同様であるので、以下では適宜説明を省略する。 (3.6) Skip Processing Next, the transition of the screen displayed on theworker terminal 3 when skipping after accepting the first task will be described with reference to FIGS. 14A to 14C. In this case, the basic processing is the same as “(3.1) Acceptance and completion of first task”, and therefore the description thereof will be appropriately omitted below.
次に、第1タスクを受諾後にスキップする際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図14A~図14Cを参照して説明する。このケースでは、基本的な処理は「(3.1)第1タスクの受諾及び完了」と同様であるので、以下では適宜説明を省略する。 (3.6) Skip Processing Next, the transition of the screen displayed on the
以下では、図14Aに示すような作業指示画面D1が表示されている状態において、「11:00」という指示タイミングに対応する「ごみ袋の交換」というタスク(第1タスク)を、作業者91が一旦受諾したものの、スキップする場合を例に説明する。さらに、ここでは一例として、図1に示すように、品出し作業中の作業者91A、清掃作業中の作業者91B、接客中の作業者91Cのうち、作業者91Aが作業指示を受諾する場合を想定する。
In the following, in the state where the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG. 14A is displayed, the task (first task) of "replacement of the garbage bag" corresponding to the instruction timing of "11:00" is performed by the worker 91. Will be explained as an example, though it has once accepted, but skips. Further, here, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, when the worker 91A accepts the work instruction among the worker 91A during the product delivery work, the worker 91B during the cleaning work, and the worker 91C during the customer service. Is assumed.
この場合、作業者91Aは、自身が携帯する作業者端末3Aに表示された作業指示画面D1を見て、作業指示を受諾するべく、図14Aに示す作業指示画面D1上で第1オブジェクトI11を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、作業指示が受諾されたことを表す受諾通知が管理装置2に送信される。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図14Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図14Bに示す作業選択画面D2に遷移する。
In this case, the worker 91A sees the work instruction screen D1 displayed on the worker terminal 3A carried by the worker, and in order to accept the work instruction, the worker 91A sets the first object I11 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14A. Operate (tap) with finger F1. As a result, the worker terminal 3A transmits an acceptance notification indicating that the work instruction has been accepted to the management device 2. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14A to the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 14B.
この状態において、作業者91は、詳細オブジェクトI3内の完了ボタンI31及びキャンセルボタンI32のいずれも操作せずに、詳細オブジェクトI3を作業選択画面D2の横方向(一例として右方向)にスワイプする。これにより、作業者端末3Aからは、タスクをスキップすることを表すスキップ通知が管理装置2に送信され、作業選択画面D2の表示が終了する。このとき、作業者端末3Aの表示は、図14Bに示す作業選択画面D2から、図14Cに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。
In this state, the worker 91 swipes the detailed object I3 in the horizontal direction (to the right as an example) of the work selection screen D2 without operating either the complete button I31 or the cancel button I32 in the detailed object I3. As a result, the worker terminal 3A sends a skip notification indicating that the task is skipped to the management device 2, and the display of the work selection screen D2 ends. At this time, the display of the worker terminal 3A transitions from the work selection screen D2 shown in FIG. 14B to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14C.
ここで、スキップ通知がされることにより、作業者91Aが受諾したタスク(ここでは「ごみ袋の交換」)は、未完了状態、受諾状態及び完了状態のいずれでもなく、スキップ状態となる。スキップ状態は、作業者91によって実行の必要性が無いと判断されたことを示すタスクの状態である。そのため、スキップ状態のタスクについては、未完了状態のタスクとは異なり、対応する第1オブジェクトI1が作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1から削除される。よって、図14Cに示す作業指示画面D1では、図14Aの作業指示画面D1に含まれていた「ごみ袋の交換」に対応する第1オブジェクトI11は、削除されている。
Here, by receiving the skip notification, the task accepted by the worker 91A (here, "replacement of the garbage bag") is in the skip state, not in the incomplete state, the accepted state, or the completed state. The skip state is a state of the task indicating that the worker 91 has determined that there is no need for execution. Therefore, for the task in the skip state, unlike the task in the incomplete state, the corresponding first object I1 is deleted from the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1. Therefore, in the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 14C, the first object I11 corresponding to “replace garbage bag” included in the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 14A has been deleted.
また、スキップ状態のタスクについては、受諾状態又は完了状態のタスクとは異なり、いずれの作業者91にも実行されていないため、作業者91の実績としては残らない。実績情報においては、スキップされたタスクについては「スキップ状態」として履歴が残る。つまり、スキップされたタスク(ここでは「ごみ袋の交換」)についての実績が、作業者91Aにつくことを回避できる。
Also, unlike the task in the accepted state or the completed state, the task in the skip state is not executed by any worker 91, so it does not remain as the actual result of the worker 91. In the achievement information, the skipped task remains in the history as "skip state". That is, it is possible to prevent the worker 91A from having a record of the skipped task (here, "replacement of the garbage bag").
すなわち、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、選択タスクの状態を未完了状態とするスキップ処理を更に有している。作業選択画面D2において、選択タスクをスキップすることを示す作業者91の操作を受け付けると、スキップ処理を実行する。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第1オブジェクトI1のタップに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
That is, the screen display method according to the present embodiment further has a skip process for setting the state of the selected task to the incomplete state. When the operation of the worker 91 indicating that the selected task is skipped is accepted on the work selection screen D2, the skip processing is executed. The operation of the worker 91 referred to here is not limited to tapping the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, voice input, gesture input, or the like.
(3.7)表示タスク切替機能
次に、第1領域R1に表示される第1オブジェクトI1を切り替える際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図15A~図15Cを参照して説明する。 (3.7) Display task switching function Next, refer to FIGS. 15A to 15C for the transition of the screen displayed on theworker terminal 3 when switching the first object I1 displayed in the first area R1. I will explain.
次に、第1領域R1に表示される第1オブジェクトI1を切り替える際の、作業者端末3に表示される画面の遷移について、図15A~図15Cを参照して説明する。 (3.7) Display task switching function Next, refer to FIGS. 15A to 15C for the transition of the screen displayed on the
以下では、図15Aに示すような作業指示画面D1が表示されている状態において、第1領域R1に、将来のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1、又は過去のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示させる場合を想定する。
In the following, in the state where the work instruction screen D1 as shown in FIG. 15A is displayed, the first object I1 corresponding to the future task (first task) or the past task (first task) is set in the first area R1. It is assumed that the first object I1 corresponding to (task) is displayed.
まず、将来のタスクを確認する場合、図15Aに示す作業指示画面D1において、作業者91は、いずれかの第1オブジェクトI1を作業指示画面D1の横方向の一方(一例として右方向)にスワイプする。これにより、作業者端末3の表示は、図15Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図15Bに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。図15Bの作業指示画面D1では、将来のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1が第1領域R1に表示されている。このとき表示される第1オブジェクトI1は、未完了状態のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する。これにより、図15Aに示す作業指示画面D1の表示と併せて、作業者91は、現在から先の10個のタスクを確認することができる。
First, when confirming a future task, on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A, the worker 91 swipes one of the first objects I1 in one of the lateral directions of the work instruction screen D1 (rightward as an example). To do. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transitions from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15B. In the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15B, the first object I1 corresponding to the future task (first task) is displayed in the first region R1. The first object I1 displayed at this time corresponds to an incomplete task (first task). As a result, the worker 91 can confirm the ten tasks from the present to the present in addition to the display of the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A.
一方、過去のタスクを確認する場合、図15Aに示す作業指示画面D1において、作業者91は、いずれかの第1オブジェクトI1を作業指示画面D1の横方向の他方(一例として左方向)にスワイプする。これにより、作業者端末3の表示は、図15Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図15Cに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。図15Cの作業指示画面D1では、過去のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する第1オブジェクトI1が第1領域R1に表示されている。このとき表示される第1オブジェクトI1は、未完了状態のタスク(第1タスク)に対応する。つまり、時限消去処理により、消去タイミングになった時点で第1領域R1から消去された第1オブジェクトI1が、図15Cの作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1に表示される。さらに、突発的に発生したタスク(第1タスク)については、図15Cの作業指示画面D1の第1領域R1には表示されない。これにより、作業者91は、未完了状態にある過去のタスクを確認することができる。
On the other hand, when confirming past tasks, on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A, the worker 91 swipes one of the first objects I1 to the other side (to the left as an example) of the work instruction screen D1. To do. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 15C. In the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15C, the first object I1 corresponding to the past task (first task) is displayed in the first region R1. The first object I1 displayed at this time corresponds to an incomplete task (first task). That is, the first object I1 erased from the first area R1 at the time when the erasing timing is reached by the timed erasing process is displayed in the first area R1 of the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15C. Furthermore, the task (first task) that has suddenly occurred is not displayed in the first region R1 of the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 15C. As a result, the worker 91 can confirm the past tasks in the incomplete state.
言い換えれば、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法は、作業指示画面D1において、所定の操作がされることで、第1領域R1に表示される第1オブジェクトI1を変更する変更処理を更に有する。ここでいう作業者91の操作は、第1オブジェクトI1のスワイプに限らず、例えば、ポインティングデバイスを用いた操作、音声入力又はジェスチャ入力等であってもよい。
In other words, the screen display method according to the present embodiment further includes a change process for changing the first object I1 displayed in the first area R1 by performing a predetermined operation on the work instruction screen D1. The operation of the worker 91 here is not limited to the swipe of the first object I1, and may be, for example, an operation using a pointing device, a voice input, a gesture input, or the like.
(4)変形例
実施形態1は、本開示の様々な実施形態の一つに過ぎない。実施形態1は、本開示の目的を達成できれば、設計等に応じて種々の変更が可能である。実施形態1に係る画面表示方法と同様の機能は、画面表示システム100、コンピュータプログラム、又はコンピュータプログラムを記録した非一時的記録媒体等で具現化されてもよい。一態様に係るプログラムは、実施形態1に係る画面表示方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラムである。一態様に係る画面表示システム100は、情報取得部341と、表示処理部342と、を備える。情報取得部341は、取得情報を取得する。取得情報は、作業者91の作業である第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に関する情報である。表示処理部342は、取得情報に基づいて、作業指示画面D1を作業者端末3に表示させる処理である。作業指示画面D1は、作業者91に作業を指示するための画面である。ここで、作業指示画面D1は、第1領域R1と、第2領域R2と、を含んでいる。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2を表示する領域である。 (4) Modified Example The first embodiment is only one of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. The first embodiment can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved. Functions similar to those of the screen display method according to the first embodiment may be embodied in thescreen display system 100, a computer program, a non-transitory recording medium recording the computer program, or the like. The program according to one aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the screen display method according to the first embodiment. The screen display system 100 according to one aspect includes an information acquisition unit 341 and a display processing unit 342. The information acquisition unit 341 acquires acquisition information. The acquisition information is information about work schedule information that represents the correspondence between the first task, which is the work of the worker 91, and the instruction timing of the first task. The display processing unit 342 is a process of displaying the work instruction screen D1 on the worker terminal 3 based on the acquired information. The work instruction screen D1 is a screen for instructing the worker 91 to perform work. Here, the work instruction screen D1 includes a first region R1 and a second region R2. The first region R1 is a region for displaying the first object I1 corresponding to the first task included in the work schedule information. The second region R2 is a region for displaying the second object I2 corresponding to the second task which is the work of the worker 91 and is different from the first task.
実施形態1は、本開示の様々な実施形態の一つに過ぎない。実施形態1は、本開示の目的を達成できれば、設計等に応じて種々の変更が可能である。実施形態1に係る画面表示方法と同様の機能は、画面表示システム100、コンピュータプログラム、又はコンピュータプログラムを記録した非一時的記録媒体等で具現化されてもよい。一態様に係るプログラムは、実施形態1に係る画面表示方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラムである。一態様に係る画面表示システム100は、情報取得部341と、表示処理部342と、を備える。情報取得部341は、取得情報を取得する。取得情報は、作業者91の作業である第1タスクと第1タスクの指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に関する情報である。表示処理部342は、取得情報に基づいて、作業指示画面D1を作業者端末3に表示させる処理である。作業指示画面D1は、作業者91に作業を指示するための画面である。ここで、作業指示画面D1は、第1領域R1と、第2領域R2と、を含んでいる。第1領域R1は、作業スケジュール情報に含まれる第1タスクに対応する第1オブジェクトI1を表示する領域である。第2領域R2は、作業者91の作業であって第1タスクとは別の第2タスクに対応する第2オブジェクトI2を表示する領域である。 (4) Modified Example The first embodiment is only one of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. The first embodiment can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved. Functions similar to those of the screen display method according to the first embodiment may be embodied in the
また、店舗支援システム10と同様の機能は、店舗支援方法、コンピュータプログラム、又はコンピュータプログラムを記録した非一時的記録媒体等で具現化されてもよい。一態様に係る店舗支援方法は、指示処理と、検知処理と、実績出力処理と、を有する。指示処理は、店舗9における複数人の作業者91により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを複数人の作業者91の各々に指示する処理である。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。検知処理は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの指示処理にて指示された作業者91による実行を検知する処理である。実績出力処理は、検知処理の検知結果に基づいて、複数人の作業者91の各々による複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する処理である。一態様に係るプログラムは、上記店舗支援方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラムである。
Also, the same function as the store support system 10 may be embodied by a store support method, a computer program, a non-transitory recording medium recording the computer program, or the like. The store support method according to one aspect includes an instruction process, a detection process, and a result output process. The instruction process is a process of instructing each of the plurality of workers 91 to perform at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by the plurality of workers 91 in the store 9. Is. The periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly. The detection process is a process for detecting the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 instructed by the instruction process among the plurality of workers 91. The actual result output process is a process of generating actual result information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers 91 based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the actual result information. The program according to one aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method.
以下、実施形態1の変形例を列挙する。以下に説明する変形例は、適宜組み合わせて適用可能である。
The following is a list of modifications of the first embodiment. The modifications described below can be applied in appropriate combination.
(4.1)第1変形例
実施形態1の第1変形例に係る店舗支援システム10Aは、図16に示すように、各作業者91にタスクを指示する指示部24が、店舗9の外部に設けられている点で、実施形態1に係る店舗支援システム10と相違する。以下、実施形態1と同様の構成については、共通の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (4.1) First Modified Example In thestore support system 10A according to the first modified example of the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the instruction unit 24 that instructs each worker 91 to perform a task is outside the store 9. Is different from the store support system 10 according to the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same components as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be appropriately omitted.
実施形態1の第1変形例に係る店舗支援システム10Aは、図16に示すように、各作業者91にタスクを指示する指示部24が、店舗9の外部に設けられている点で、実施形態1に係る店舗支援システム10と相違する。以下、実施形態1と同様の構成については、共通の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (4.1) First Modified Example In the
すなわち、店舗支援システム10Aにおいては、指示部24を含む管理装置2が、店舗9の外部に設けられている。管理装置2は、サーバ装置1と同様に、1以上のプロセッサ及びメモリを有するコンピュータシステムを主構成とし、インターネット等のネットワーク4に接続されている。管理装置2は、サーバ装置1と同様に、例えば、店舗支援システム10を提供するサービス会社、又は店舗9の運営会社等に設置される。管理装置2は、サーバ装置1と同様に、Paas環境を用い、OS、ランタイム及びミドルウェアの管理が無いパブリッククラウド環境であることが好ましい。本変形例に係る店舗支援システム10Aは、第2通信部21、処理部22、指示部24及び記憶部25を有している。
That is, in the store support system 10A, the management device 2 including the instruction unit 24 is provided outside the store 9. Like the server device 1, the management device 2 is mainly composed of a computer system having one or more processors and memories, and is connected to a network 4 such as the Internet. As with the server device 1, the management device 2 is installed in, for example, a service company that provides the store support system 10, an operating company of the store 9, or the like. Like the server device 1, the management device 2 preferably uses a Paas environment and is a public cloud environment without management of an OS, a runtime, and middleware. The store support system 10</b>A according to this modification includes a second communication unit 21, a processing unit 22, an instruction unit 24, and a storage unit 25.
また、本変形例に係る店舗支援システム10Aは、センサ制御装置29を備えている。センサ制御装置29は、店舗9に設置されている。センサ制御装置29は、1以上のプロセッサ及びメモリを有するコンピュータシステムを主構成とする。センサ制御装置29は、店舗9に設置されたルータ5を介してネットワーク4に接続されている。センサ制御装置29は、例えば、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7C、検知部27及び発生検知部28を制御することで、それぞれの検知結果に所定の信号処理等を施し、サーバ装置1、管理装置2及び作業者端末3等に出力可能である。
Further, the store support system 10A according to this modified example includes a sensor control device 29. The sensor control device 29 is installed in the store 9. The sensor control device 29 mainly comprises a computer system having one or more processors and memories. The sensor control device 29 is connected to the network 4 via the router 5 installed in the store 9. The sensor control device 29 controls, for example, the plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, the detection unit 27, and the occurrence detection unit 28 to perform predetermined signal processing or the like on each detection result, and the server device 1 and the management device. It can be output to 2 and the worker terminal 3 and the like.
センサ制御装置29は、図16に示すように、第4通信部291、処理部292及びインタフェース293を有している。第4通信部291は、実施形態1の第2通信部21(図2参照)に相当し、例えば、サーバ装置1、管理装置2及び作業者端末3等との間で双方向に通信を行う通信モジュールである。処理部292は、実施形態1の処理部22(図2参照)に相当し、第4通信部291を介して、例えば、サーバ装置1等との間で種々の情報(データ)を授受する。また、処理部292は、モニタ26に接続されており、モニタ26に種々の情報が表示されるようにモニタ26を制御する。インタフェース293は、実施形態1のインタフェース23(図2参照)に相当し、複数のセンサ7A,7B,7C、検知部27及び発生検知部28に接続されている。
The sensor control device 29 has a fourth communication unit 291, a processing unit 292, and an interface 293, as shown in FIG. The fourth communication unit 291 corresponds to the second communication unit 21 (see FIG. 2) of the first embodiment, and performs bidirectional communication with, for example, the server device 1, the management device 2, the worker terminal 3, and the like. It is a communication module. The processing unit 292 corresponds to the processing unit 22 (see FIG. 2) of the first embodiment, and exchanges various information (data) with, for example, the server device 1 and the like via the fourth communication unit 291. Further, the processing unit 292 is connected to the monitor 26 and controls the monitor 26 so that various information is displayed on the monitor 26. The interface 293 corresponds to the interface 23 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 2), and is connected to a plurality of sensors 7A, 7B, 7C, a detection unit 27, and an generation detection unit 28.
このような構成により、実施形態1の第1変形例に係る店舗支援システム10Aは、店舗9の外部に設けられた管理装置2が、指示部24にて、作業指示を生成して出力し、作業指示によって各作業者91にタスクを指示する。指示部24は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業スケジュール情報に従って、作業指示を生成する。作業スケジュール情報に従って生成される作業指示は、定期タスク又は準定期タスクに当たる第1タスクの作業指示である。さらに、本変形例では、指示部24は、サーバ装置1から受信した作業命令に従って、作業指示を生成する。作業命令に従って生成される作業指示は、不定期タスクのうちの準定期タスク以外のタスクに当たる第2タスクの作業指示である。よって、指示部24は、第1タスク及び第2タスクの両方について、その実行を指示する作業指示を生成する。指示部24は、生成した作業指示を、第2通信部21から作業者端末3へ送信することにより、作業指示を出力する。
With such a configuration, in the store support system 10A according to the first modification of the first embodiment, the management device 2 provided outside the store 9 generates and outputs a work instruction by the instruction unit 24. A task is instructed to each worker 91 by a work instruction. The instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work schedule information received from the server device 1. The work instruction generated according to the work schedule information is a work instruction of the first task corresponding to a regular task or a semi-regular task. Further, in this modification, the instruction unit 24 generates a work instruction according to the work instruction received from the server device 1. The work instruction generated in accordance with the work instruction is the work instruction of the second task that is a task other than the semi-regular task of the irregular tasks. Therefore, the instruction unit 24 generates work instructions for instructing the execution of both the first task and the second task. The instruction unit 24 outputs the work instruction by transmitting the generated work instruction from the second communication unit 21 to the worker terminal 3.
また、本変形例では、検知部27は、センサ制御装置29を介してネットワーク4につながっているため、検知部27の検知結果は、センサ制御装置29を介して、サーバ装置1又は管理装置2に送信される。同様に、発生検知部28は、センサ制御装置29を介してネットワーク4につながっているため、発生検知部28の検知結果は、センサ制御装置29を介して、サーバ装置1又は管理装置2に送信される。
Further, in this modification, since the detection unit 27 is connected to the network 4 via the sensor control device 29, the detection result of the detection unit 27 is obtained by the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the sensor control device 29. Will be sent to. Similarly, since the generation detection unit 28 is connected to the network 4 via the sensor control device 29, the detection result of the generation detection unit 28 is transmitted to the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the sensor control device 29. Will be done.
ただし、検知部27が、センサ制御装置29に接続されることは必須ではなく、検知部27は、センサ制御装置29を介さずに検知結果をサーバ装置1又は管理装置2に送信してもよい。センサ制御装置29を介さずに検知結果をサーバ装置1又は管理装置2に送信する構成の一例としては、作業者端末3と通信可能な検知部27が考えられる。この場合に、検知部27は、作業者端末3に対して無線信号を出力(発信)する発信機として機能し、作業エリアA1(図8A参照)に作業者端末3に無線信号を送信する。つまり、作業エリアA1に作業者91が進入すると、この作業者91が携帯する作業者端末3に検知部27からの無線信号を受信する。このケースでは、特定のタスクの作業者91による実行を、作業者端末3側で検知することができる。言い換えれば、検知部27は、作業者端末3と共に、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの割当部17にて割り当てられた作業者91による実行を検知するための「検知部」として機能する。この場合において、作業者端末3は、検知結果をネットワーク4を介してサーバ装置1又は管理装置2に送信する。
However, it is not essential that the detection unit 27 is connected to the sensor control device 29, and the detection unit 27 may transmit the detection result to the server device 1 or the management device 2 without going through the sensor control device 29. .. As an example of the configuration in which the detection result is transmitted to the server device 1 or the management device 2 without going through the sensor control device 29, a detection unit 27 capable of communicating with the worker terminal 3 can be considered. In this case, the detection unit 27 functions as a transmitter that outputs (transmits) a wireless signal to the worker terminal 3, and transmits the wireless signal to the worker terminal 3 in the work area A1 (see FIG. 8A). That is, when the worker 91 enters the work area A1, the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91 receives the radio signal from the detection unit 27. In this case, the execution of a specific task by the worker 91 can be detected on the worker terminal 3 side. In other words, the detection unit 27, together with the worker terminal 3, detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 assigned by the allocation unit 17 among the plurality of workers 91. It functions as a "detection unit" for doing this. In this case, the worker terminal 3 transmits the detection result to the server device 1 or the management device 2 via the network 4.
(4.2)その他の変形例
本開示における店舗支援システム10は、例えば、サーバ装置1、管理装置2及び作業者端末3等に、コンピュータシステムを含んでいる。コンピュータシステムは、ハードウェアとしてのプロセッサ及びメモリを主構成とする。コンピュータシステムのメモリに記録されたプログラムをプロセッサが実行することによって、本開示における店舗支援システム10としての機能が実現される。プログラムは、コンピュータシステムのメモリに予め記録されてもよく、電気通信回線を通じて提供されてもよく、コンピュータシステムで読み取り可能なメモリカード、光学ディスク、ハードディスクドライブ等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。コンピュータシステムのプロセッサは、半導体集積回路(IC)又は大規模集積回路(LSI)を含む1ないし複数の電子回路で構成される。ここでいうIC又はLSI等の集積回路は、集積の度合いによって呼び方が異なっており、システムLSI、VLSI(Very Large Scale Integration)、又はULSI(Ultra Large Scale Integration)と呼ばれる集積回路を含む。さらに、LSIの製造後にプログラムされる、FPGA(Field-Programmable Gate Array)、又はLSI内部の接合関係の再構成若しくはLSI内部の回路区画の再構成が可能な論理デバイスについても、プロセッサとして採用することができる。複数の電子回路は、1つのチップに集約されていてもよいし、複数のチップに分散して設けられていてもよい。複数のチップは、1つの装置に集約されていてもよいし、複数の装置に分散して設けられていてもよい。ここでいうコンピュータシステムは、1以上のプロセッサ及び1以上のメモリを有するマイクロコントローラを含む。したがって、マイクロコントローラについても、半導体集積回路又は大規模集積回路を含む1ないし複数の電子回路で構成される。 (4.2) Other Modifications Thestore support system 10 in the present disclosure includes, for example, a computer system in a server device 1, a management device 2, a worker terminal 3, and the like. The computer system mainly has a processor and a memory as hardware. When the processor executes the program recorded in the memory of the computer system, the function as the store support system 10 in the present disclosure is realized. The program may be pre-recorded in the memory of the computer system, may be provided through a telecommunications line, and may be recorded on a non-temporary recording medium such as a memory card, optical disk, hard disk drive, etc. that can be read by the computer system. May be provided. A processor in a computer system is composed of one or more electronic circuits including a semiconductor integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI). The integrated circuit such as IC or LSI referred to here is called differently depending on the degree of integration, and includes an integrated circuit called system LSI, VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration), or ULSI (Ultra Large Scale Integration). Further, an FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array) programmed after the LSI is manufactured, or a logical device capable of reconfiguring the junction relationship inside the LSI or reconfiguring the circuit partition inside the LSI should also be adopted as a processor. You can A plurality of electronic circuits may be integrated on one chip, or may be distributed on a plurality of chips. The plurality of chips may be integrated in one device, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of devices. The computer system referred to here includes a microcontroller having one or more processors and one or more memories. Therefore, the microcontroller is also composed of one or a plurality of electronic circuits including a semiconductor integrated circuit or a large scale integrated circuit.
本開示における店舗支援システム10は、例えば、サーバ装置1、管理装置2及び作業者端末3等に、コンピュータシステムを含んでいる。コンピュータシステムは、ハードウェアとしてのプロセッサ及びメモリを主構成とする。コンピュータシステムのメモリに記録されたプログラムをプロセッサが実行することによって、本開示における店舗支援システム10としての機能が実現される。プログラムは、コンピュータシステムのメモリに予め記録されてもよく、電気通信回線を通じて提供されてもよく、コンピュータシステムで読み取り可能なメモリカード、光学ディスク、ハードディスクドライブ等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。コンピュータシステムのプロセッサは、半導体集積回路(IC)又は大規模集積回路(LSI)を含む1ないし複数の電子回路で構成される。ここでいうIC又はLSI等の集積回路は、集積の度合いによって呼び方が異なっており、システムLSI、VLSI(Very Large Scale Integration)、又はULSI(Ultra Large Scale Integration)と呼ばれる集積回路を含む。さらに、LSIの製造後にプログラムされる、FPGA(Field-Programmable Gate Array)、又はLSI内部の接合関係の再構成若しくはLSI内部の回路区画の再構成が可能な論理デバイスについても、プロセッサとして採用することができる。複数の電子回路は、1つのチップに集約されていてもよいし、複数のチップに分散して設けられていてもよい。複数のチップは、1つの装置に集約されていてもよいし、複数の装置に分散して設けられていてもよい。ここでいうコンピュータシステムは、1以上のプロセッサ及び1以上のメモリを有するマイクロコントローラを含む。したがって、マイクロコントローラについても、半導体集積回路又は大規模集積回路を含む1ないし複数の電子回路で構成される。 (4.2) Other Modifications The
また、店舗支援システム10における複数の機能が、1つの筐体内に集約されていることは店舗支援システム10に必須の構成ではなく、店舗支援システム10の構成要素は、複数の筐体に分散して設けられていてもよい。さらに、店舗支援システム10の少なくとも一部の機能、例えば、サーバ装置1の機能がクラウド(クラウドコンピューティング)等によって実現されてもよい。画面表示システム100についても同様に、画面表示システム100における複数の機能が、1つの筐体内に集約されていることは画面表示システム100に必須の構成ではなく、画面表示システム100の構成要素は、複数の筐体に分散して設けられていてもよい。
Further, the fact that the plurality of functions of the store support system 10 are integrated in one housing is not an essential configuration of the store support system 10, and the constituent elements of the store support system 10 are distributed in the plurality of housings. May be provided. Further, at least a part of the functions of the store support system 10, for example, the functions of the server device 1 may be realized by the cloud (cloud computing) or the like. Similarly for the screen display system 100, it is not an essential configuration of the screen display system 100 that a plurality of functions of the screen display system 100 are integrated in one housing, and the components of the screen display system 100 are It may be distributed and provided in a plurality of housings.
反対に、実施形態1において、複数の装置に分散されている店舗支援システム10の少なくとも一部の機能が、1つの筐体内に集約されていてもよい。例えば、サーバ装置1と管理装置2とに分散されている店舗支援システム10の一部の機能が、全て管理装置2に集約されてもよく、この場合、サーバ装置1が省略可能である。サーバ装置1と管理装置2とに分散されている店舗支援システム10の一部の機能が、全てサーバ装置1に集約されてもよく、この場合、管理装置2が省略可能である。つまり、店舗支援システム10がサーバ装置1と管理装置2と作業者端末3とを備えることは、店舗支援システム10に必須の構成ではなく、サーバ装置1と管理装置2と作業者端末3との少なくとも1つが適宜省略されてもよい。例えば、管理装置2が省略される場合、作業指示はサーバ装置1にて生成され、サーバ装置1から作業者端末3に送信される。
On the contrary, in the first embodiment, at least a part of the functions of the store support system 10 distributed in a plurality of devices may be integrated in one housing. For example, some functions of the store support system 10 distributed to the server device 1 and the management device 2 may be integrated into the management device 2, and in this case, the server device 1 can be omitted. A part of the functions of the store support system 10 distributed in the server device 1 and the management device 2 may be integrated in the server device 1, and in this case, the management device 2 can be omitted. That is, the fact that the store support system 10 includes the server device 1, the management device 2, and the worker terminal 3 is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, but the server device 1, the management device 2, and the worker terminal 3 At least one may be omitted as appropriate. For example, when the management device 2 is omitted, the work instruction is generated by the server device 1 and transmitted from the server device 1 to the worker terminal 3.
また、店舗支援システム10の一部の処理、例えば、タスクの優先度を変更する処理、及び作業負荷を予測する処理等について、機械学習等の技術が利用されてもよい。特に、どのような状況においてどのような作業スケジュール情報を生成することが、店舗9の売り上げの向上につながるか、という点において、機械学習等の技術が利用されることが好ましい。
Further, a technique such as machine learning may be used for a part of the processing of the store support system 10, for example, a processing for changing the priority of a task, a processing for predicting a workload, and the like. In particular, it is preferable that a technique such as machine learning is used in terms of what kind of work schedule information is generated in what kind of situation leads to improvement in sales of the store 9.
また、スケジュール生成部13が、少なくとも取得部12が取得したタスク情報及び店舗情報に基づいて、作業スケジュール情報を生成することは、店舗支援システム10に必須の構成ではない。つまり、スケジュール生成部13は、複数のタスクについて、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報をすればよく、どのような情報に基づいて作業スケジュール情報を生成するかは、特に限定されない。
Further, it is not essential for the store support system 10 that the schedule generation unit 13 generates work schedule information based on at least the task information and the store information acquired by the acquisition unit 12. That is, the schedule generation unit 13 may provide work schedule information indicating the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing for the plurality of tasks, and what kind of information is used to generate the work schedule information. , Not particularly limited.
また、検知部27は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者91のうちの割当部17にて割り当てられた作業者91による実行を検知する構成であればよく、発信機911からの無線信号を受信する受信機に限らない。例えば、検知部27は、イメージセンサ(カメラ)、光学式センサ又は接触式センサ等のセンサを含んでいてもよい。また、検知部27は、例えば、POSシステムに作業者91がログインしたことを検知してもよい。この場合、検知部27は、レジ対応の作業が割り当てられた作業者91がPOSシステムにログインしたことの検知をもって、作業者91によるレジ対応の実行を検知してもよい。
Further, the detection unit 27 may be configured to detect execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker 91 assigned by the allocation unit 17 among the plurality of workers 91. The receiver is not limited to the receiver that receives the wireless signal from the transmitter 911. For example, the detection unit 27 may include a sensor such as an image sensor (camera), an optical sensor, or a contact sensor. Further, the detection unit 27 may detect, for example, that the worker 91 has logged in to the POS system. In this case, the detection unit 27 may detect the execution of the cashier correspondence by the worker 91 by detecting that the worker 91 to which the cashier correspondence work is assigned has logged in to the POS system.
また、受信機からなる検知部27に対して無線信号を出力する発信機911は、ビーコン又は電子タグ等の専用の発信機911に限らず、例えば、作業者端末3であってもよい。
Further, the transmitter 911 that outputs a wireless signal to the detection unit 27 including the receiver is not limited to the dedicated transmitter 911 such as a beacon or an electronic tag, and may be, for example, a worker terminal 3.
また、実績出力部18は、少なくとも検知部27の検知結果を用いて、実績情報を生成すればよく、作業スケジュール情報、作業者情報、及び各作業者91の作業状況を実績情報の生成に用いることは必須でない。例えば、実績出力部18は、検知部27の検知結果に加えて、作業スケジュール情報、作業者情報、及び各作業者91の作業状況のうちの1つ又は2つの情報に基づいて実績情報を生成してもよいし、検知部27の検知結果のみに基づいて実績情報を生成してもよい。
Further, the actual result output unit 18 may generate the actual result information by using at least the detection result of the detection unit 27, and uses the work schedule information, the worker information, and the work status of each worker 91 to generate the actual result information. That is not essential. For example, the actual result output unit 18 generates the actual result information based on the work schedule information, the worker information, and one or two pieces of the work status of each worker 91 in addition to the detection result of the detection unit 27. Alternatively, the actual information may be generated based only on the detection result of the detection unit 27.
また、店舗支援システム10の用途はコンビニエンスストアに限らず、コンビニエンスストア以外の店舗9に店舗支援システム10が設置されていてもよい。さらに、実施形態1に係る画面表示方法は、店舗9以外に利用されてもよい。例えば、工場、オフィス又は学校等において、種々の作業(タスク)を指示するために、画面表示方法が適用されてもよい。
The use of the store support system 10 is not limited to convenience stores, and the store support system 10 may be installed in stores 9 other than convenience stores. Further, the screen display method according to the first embodiment may be used for other than the store 9. For example, in a factory, office, school, or the like, a screen display method may be applied to instruct various tasks.
また、実施形態1では、例えば、レジ対応、年齢確認作業及びファストフード対応等の接客を伴う作業については、特に緊急性を要することから、作業スケジュール情報上のタスク(つまり第1タスク)からは除外しているが、これに限らず、第1タスクに含まれていてもよい。この場合において、これらの緊急性を要するタスクについては、優先度を最高値とすることが好ましい。
Further, in the first embodiment, for example, the work involving customer service such as cash register correspondence, age confirmation work, and fast food correspondence is particularly urgent, so from the task on the work schedule information (that is, the first task). Although it is excluded, it is not limited to this and may be included in the first task. In this case, it is preferable to set the priority value to the highest value for these urgent tasks.
また、実施形態1では、管理装置2の指示部24にて生成された作業指示が管理装置2から作業者端末3へ直接的に送信される例を示したが、この例に限らず、例えば、作業指示が管理装置2からサーバ装置1を介して作業者端末3へ間接的に送信されてもよい。
In the first embodiment, an example in which the work instruction generated by the instruction unit 24 of the management device 2 is directly transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3 has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this example, , The work instruction may be indirectly transmitted from the management device 2 to the worker terminal 3 via the server device 1.
また、年齢確認処理の機能は、店舗支援システム10に必須の構成でなく、年齢確認処理の機能が省略されていてもよい。
Further, the age confirmation processing function is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, and the age confirmation processing function may be omitted.
また、割当部17は店舗支援システム10に必須の構成でなく、割当部17が省略されていてもよい。
Further, the allocation unit 17 is not an essential configuration for the store support system 10, and the allocation unit 17 may be omitted.
また、管理装置2は、作業指示をマルチキャストにより送信する構成に限らず、例えば複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cに対しユニキャストで順次、作業指示を送信してもよいし、ブロードキャストにより作業指示を送信してもよい。
Further, the management device 2 is not limited to a configuration in which work instructions are transmitted by multicast, and for example, work instructions may be sequentially transmitted to a plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C by unicast, or by broadcasting. A work order may be sent.
また、管理装置2は、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cの中から、作業指示の送信先から除外する作業者端末3を任意に選択可能に構成されていてもよい。この場合、例えば、休憩中の作業者91等、タスクを実行できない状態にある作業者91が携帯する作業者端末3を、作業指示の送信先から一時的に除外することができる。また、複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3C間で直接的に通信を行うことにより、複数人の作業者91A,91B,91C間の連絡に複数台の作業者端末3A,3B,3Cが利用されてもよい。
Further, the management device 2 may be configured so that the worker terminal 3 to be excluded from the transmission destinations of the work instructions can be arbitrarily selected from the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C. In this case, for example, the worker terminal 3 carried by the worker 91 who is in a state where the task cannot be executed, such as the worker 91 during a break, can be temporarily excluded from the transmission destination of the work instruction. Further, by directly communicating between the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C, the plurality of worker terminals 3A, 3B, 3C can be used for communication between the plurality of workers 91A, 91B, 91C. It may be used.
また、作業者端末3及び管理者端末8は、スマートフォンに限らず、例えば、タブレット端末、パーソナルコンピュータ、又は、腕時計型若しくは眼鏡型等のウェアラブル端末等であってもよい。さらに、作業者端末3及び管理者端末8は、汎用の端末に限らず、店舗支援システム10の専用の端末であってもよい。
Further, the worker terminal 3 and the administrator terminal 8 are not limited to smartphones, and may be, for example, a tablet terminal, a personal computer, or a wearable terminal such as a wristwatch type or a glasses type. Further, the worker terminal 3 and the administrator terminal 8 are not limited to general-purpose terminals, and may be dedicated terminals for the store support system 10.
また、作業者端末3は、作業者91の左腕のうちの二の腕部分に装着される構成に限らず、例えば、右腕に装着されてもよいし、二の腕部分以外に装着されてもよい。さらに、作業者端末3は、作業者91の腕以外の部位に直接的又は間接的に装着されてもよく、例えば、首に吊り下げる態様、ベルトに装着される態様、又はバッヂのように衣類に装着される態様等であってもよい。
Further, the worker terminal 3 is not limited to the configuration of being attached to the upper arm portion of the left arm of the worker 91, and may be attached to, for example, the right arm or other than the upper arm portion. Further, the worker terminal 3 may be directly or indirectly attached to a site other than the arm of the worker 91, for example, a mode of hanging on the neck, a mode of attaching to a belt, or a clothing like a badge. It may be a mode to be attached to.
また、例えば、管理装置2と作業者端末3との間の通信方式は、電波を媒体とする無線通信に限らず、例えば、光を媒体とする光無線通信、又は一部に有線通信を含む通信方式等であってもよい。同様に、サーバ装置1と作業者端末3との間の通信方式は、電波を媒体とする無線通信に限らず、例えば、光を媒体とする光無線通信、又は一部に有線通信を含む通信方式等であってもよい。サーバ装置1と管理装置2との間の通信方式は、有線通信に限らず、例えば、電波を媒体とする無線通信、又は光を媒体とする光無線通信等であってもよい。
Further, for example, the communication method between the management device 2 and the worker terminal 3 is not limited to wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, but includes, for example, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or partially wired communication. It may be a communication method or the like. Similarly, the communication method between the server device 1 and the worker terminal 3 is not limited to wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, for example, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or communication including a part of wired communication. The method may be used. The communication method between the server device 1 and the management device 2 is not limited to wired communication, and may be, for example, wireless communication using radio waves as a medium, optical wireless communication using light as a medium, or the like.
(実施形態2)
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、図17A及び図17Bに示すように、複数の第1オブジェクトI1に対応するグループオブジェクトG1が適用されている点で、実施形態1に係る店舗支援システム10と相違する。以下、実施形態1と同様の構成については、共通の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (Embodiment 2)
As shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, thestore support system 10 according to the present embodiment is the store support system 10 according to the first embodiment in that the group object G1 corresponding to the plurality of first objects I1 is applied. Is different from. Hereinafter, the same components as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be appropriately omitted.
本実施形態に係る店舗支援システム10は、図17A及び図17Bに示すように、複数の第1オブジェクトI1に対応するグループオブジェクトG1が適用されている点で、実施形態1に係る店舗支援システム10と相違する。以下、実施形態1と同様の構成については、共通の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (Embodiment 2)
As shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, the
図17A及び図17Bは、表示部32に表示される画面の具体例を示しており、領域を示す一点鎖線及び参照符号は説明のために表記しているに過ぎず、実際には、これらの一点鎖線及び参照符号は表示部32に表示されない。また、図17A及び図17Bにおいて、表示部32に表示される各画面上でのボタン等のオブジェクトを操作(タップ、スワイプ又はドラッグ等)する人(作業者91)の指F1、及びその動きを想像線(2点鎖線)で示す。
17A and 17B show specific examples of the screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral indicating the region are shown only for the sake of explanation, and in reality, these are shown. The alternate long and short dash line and the reference numeral are not displayed on the display unit 32. Further, in FIGS. 17A and 17B, the finger F1 of the person (worker 91) who operates (tap, swipes, drags, etc.) an object such as a button on each screen displayed on the display unit 32, and the movement thereof. It is shown by an imaginary line (two-dot chain line).
本実施形態では、実施形態1と同様に、第1領域R1に第1オブジェクトI1が複数表示されることを前提とする。ここで複数の第1オブジェクトI1は1つのグループオブジェクトG1に対応する。言い換えれば、グループオブジェクトG1及び複数の第1オブジェクトI1はそれぞれが上位、下位の関係となる階層構造にあって、1つのグループオブジェクトG1の配下(下位)に、複数の第1オブジェクトI1が紐付けられている。そして、作業指示画面D1において、第1領域R1には、複数の第1オブジェクトI1を表示するだけでなく、複数の第1オブジェクトI1の上位に当たるグループオブジェクトG1を表示することが可能である。
In the present embodiment, it is premised that a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1 as in the first embodiment. Here, the plurality of first objects I1 correspond to one group object G1. In other words, the group object G1 and the plurality of first objects I1 are in a hierarchical structure in which they have a higher and lower relationship, respectively, and a plurality of first objects I1 are linked under (lower) one group object G1. Has been done. Then, in the work instruction screen D1, it is possible to display not only the plurality of first objects I1 but also the group object G1 that is an upper level of the plurality of first objects I1 in the first region R1.
本実施形態では一例として、図17Aに示すように、第1領域R1に複数(ここでは3つ)のグループオブジェクトG11~G13が表示される。3つのグループオブジェクトG11~G13を特に区別しない場合には、3つのグループオブジェクトG11~G13の各々を単に「グループオブジェクトG1」ともいう。図17Aでは一例として、グループオブジェクトG11が清掃系のタスク、グループオブジェクトG12が補充系のタスク、グループオブジェクトG13がその他のタスクに、それぞれ対応する。例えば、清掃系のタスクは、店回りの清掃、ごみ袋の交換及びトイレ清掃等のタスク(第1タスク)を含む。
In the present embodiment, as an example, as shown in FIG. 17A, a plurality of (three in this case) group objects G11 to G13 are displayed in the first region R1. When the three group objects G11 to G13 are not particularly distinguished, each of the three group objects G11 to G13 is also simply referred to as "group object G1". In FIG. 17A, as an example, the group object G11 corresponds to a cleaning task, the group object G12 corresponds to a replenishment task, and the group object G13 corresponds to another task. For example, the cleaning task includes tasks such as cleaning around the store, replacing garbage bags, and cleaning the toilet (first task).
図17Aに示す作業指示画面D1上で、作業者91は、例えば、グループオブジェクトG11を指F1で操作(タップ)する。これにより、作業者端末3の表示は、図17Aに示す作業指示画面D1から、図17Bに示す作業指示画面D1に遷移する。図17Bの作業指示画面D1では、第1領域R1に、グループオブジェクトG11に対応する複数の第1オブジェクトI11~I15が表示される。言い換えれば、作業指示画面D1でグループオブジェクトG1が選択されると、選択されたグループオブジェクトG1が、第1領域R1内で複数の第1オブジェクトI11~I15に展開される。
On the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17A, the worker 91 operates (tap) the group object G11 with the finger F1, for example. As a result, the display of the worker terminal 3 transits from the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17A to the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17B. In the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 17B, a plurality of first objects I11 to I15 corresponding to the group object G11 are displayed in the first area R1. In other words, when the group object G1 is selected on the work instruction screen D1, the selected group object G1 is expanded into a plurality of first objects I11 to I15 in the first area R1.
すなわち、本実施形態に係る画面表示方法では、第1領域R1には、第1オブジェクトI1が複数表示されている。グループオブジェクトG1は、複数の第1オブジェクトI1に対応する。画面表示方法では、グループオブジェクトG1を第1領域R1に表示した状態で、グループオブジェクトG1を選択する操作を受け付けると、選択されたグループオブジェクトG1に対応する複数の第1オブジェクトI1を、第1領域R1に表示する。
That is, in the screen display method according to the present embodiment, a plurality of first objects I1 are displayed in the first area R1. The group object G1 corresponds to the plurality of first objects I1. In the screen display method, when the operation of selecting the group object G1 is accepted in the state where the group object G1 is displayed in the first region R1, a plurality of first objects I1 corresponding to the selected group object G1 are displayed in the first region. Display on R1.
ところで、本実施形態においては、第1タスクの受諾から完了にかけての動作として、「(3.1)第1タスクの受諾及び完了」で説明した動作に代えて、以下に説明する動作を作用してもよい。
By the way, in the present embodiment, as the operation from the acceptance to the completion of the first task, the operation described below is performed instead of the operation described in "(3.1) Acceptance and completion of the first task". You may.
すなわち、作業指示を受諾する場合、図17Aに示す作業指示画面D1上で、作業者91は、第1オブジェクトI1のグループオブジェクトG1を操作(タップ)することで、作業者端末3からは受諾通知が出力されてもよい。要するに、作業者91は、図17Bの作業指示画面D1上で、グループオブジェクトG1の下位に当たる第1オブジェクトI1を操作することなく、タスク(第1タスク)を受諾できる。これにより、作業者91がタスクを受諾する際の操作回数を少なく抑えることができる。
That is, when accepting the work instruction, the worker 91 operates (tap) the group object G1 of the first object I1 on the work instruction screen D1 shown in FIG. 17A, and the worker terminal 3 notifies the acceptance. May be output. In short, the worker 91 can accept the task (first task) on the work instruction screen D1 of FIG. 17B without operating the first object I1 which is a lower level of the group object G1. Thereby, the number of operations when the worker 91 accepts the task can be reduced.
この場合、図17Bに示すような、複数の第1オブジェクトI1が表示された作業指示画面D1に、個別完了ボタン及び/又は一括完了ボタンのオブジェクトが含まれることが好ましい。個別完了ボタンは複数の第1オブジェクトI1に一対一に対応するように複数設けられ、一括完了ボタンは複数の第1オブジェクトI1に対して1つ設けられる。個別完了ボタンは、対応する1つの第1タスクが完了したときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)され、一括完了ボタンは、対応する複数の第1タスクが完了したときに作業者91によって操作(タップ)される。つまり、複数の第1タスクのうちの1つの第1タスクのみ完了した場合、作業者91は、個別完了ボタンを操作(タップ)することで、作業者端末3からは、この第1タスクが完了したことを表す完了通知が送信される。一方、複数の第1タスクの全てが完了した場合、作業者91は、一括完了ボタンを操作(タップ)することで、作業者端末3からは、これら複数の第1タスクが全て完了したことを表す完了通知が送信される。これにより、作業者91がタスクの完了報告をする際の操作回数を少なく抑えることができる。
In this case, it is preferable that the work instruction screen D1 on which the plurality of first objects I1 are displayed, as shown in FIG. 17B, includes the objects of the individual completion button and / or the batch completion button. A plurality of individual completion buttons are provided so as to correspond to the plurality of first objects I1 on a one-to-one basis, and one batch completion button is provided for each of the plurality of first objects I1. The individual completion button is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the corresponding first task is completed, and the batch completion button is operated (tapped) by the worker 91 when the corresponding first task is completed. Is tapped). That is, when only one first task of the plurality of first tasks is completed, the worker 91 operates (tap) the individual completion button, and the worker terminal 3 completes this first task. A completion notification indicating that the job is done is transmitted. On the other hand, when all of the plurality of first tasks are completed, the worker 91 operates (tap) the batch completion button, and the worker terminal 3 indicates that all of these plurality of first tasks have been completed. The corresponding completion notification is transmitted. As a result, the number of operations when the worker 91 reports the completion of the task can be reduced.
実施形態2で説明した種々の構成(変形例を含む)は、実施形態1で説明した種々の構成(変形例を含む)と適宜組み合わせて採用可能である。
The various configurations (including modified examples) described in the second embodiment can be appropriately combined with the various configurations (including modified examples) described in the first embodiment.
(まとめ)
以上説明したように、第1の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)は、指示部(24)と、検知部(27)と、実績出力部(18)と、を備える。指示部(24)は、店舗(9)における複数人の作業者(91)により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを複数人の作業者(91)の各々に指示する。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。検知部(27)は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者(91)のうちの指示部(24)にて指示された作業者(91)による実行を検知する。実績出力部(18)は、検知部(27)の検知結果に基づいて、複数人の作業者(91)の各々による複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。 (Summary)
As described above, the store support system (10, 10A) according to the first aspect includes an instruction unit (24), a detection unit (27), and a performance output unit (18). The instruction unit (24) performs at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers (91) in the store (9). Instruct each of (91). Scheduled tasks are generated based on work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly. The detection unit (27) detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker (91) instructed by the instruction unit (24) among the plurality of workers (91). .. Based on the detection result of the detection unit (27), the performance output unit (18) generates performance information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers (91), and outputs the performance information. ..
以上説明したように、第1の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)は、指示部(24)と、検知部(27)と、実績出力部(18)と、を備える。指示部(24)は、店舗(9)における複数人の作業者(91)により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを複数人の作業者(91)の各々に指示する。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。検知部(27)は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者(91)のうちの指示部(24)にて指示された作業者(91)による実行を検知する。実績出力部(18)は、検知部(27)の検知結果に基づいて、複数人の作業者(91)の各々による複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する。 (Summary)
As described above, the store support system (10, 10A) according to the first aspect includes an instruction unit (24), a detection unit (27), and a performance output unit (18). The instruction unit (24) performs at least one of a regular task and an irregular task for a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers (91) in the store (9). Instruct each of (91). Scheduled tasks are generated based on work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly. The detection unit (27) detects the execution of at least one task among the plurality of tasks by the worker (91) instructed by the instruction unit (24) among the plurality of workers (91). .. Based on the detection result of the detection unit (27), the performance output unit (18) generates performance information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers (91), and outputs the performance information. ..
この態様によれば、タスクが指示された作業者(91)によるタスクの実行を検知部(27)にて検知し、その検知結果に基づいて、各作業者(91)によるタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を自動的に生成し出力することが可能である。そのため、タスクを開始時又は完了時に、作業者(91)が実績情報を記録しなくても作業実績を残すことが可能になる。結果的に、作業の実績を残すことによる作業効率の低下が生じにくい、という利点がある。
According to this aspect, the execution of the task by the worker (91) instructed by the task is detected by the detection unit (27), and the execution status of the task by each worker (91) is detected based on the detection result. It is possible to automatically generate and output the actual performance information to be represented. Therefore, it is possible to leave the work record even when the worker (91) does not record the record information at the time of starting or completing the task. As a result, there is an advantage that work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to the fact that work results are left.
第2の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)は、第1の態様において、複数のタスクを複数人の作業者(91)に割り当てる割当部(17)を更に備える。割当部(17)は、複数のタスクを複数人の作業者(91)の各々に通知し、複数人の作業者(91)のうち通知を受諾した作業者(91)にタスクを割り当てる。
The store support system (10, 10A) according to the second aspect further includes an assignment unit (17) that assigns a plurality of tasks to a plurality of workers (91) in the first aspect. The allocation unit (17) notifies each of the plurality of workers (91) of the plurality of tasks, and allocates the task to the worker (91) of the plurality of workers (91) who has accepted the notification.
この態様によれば、タスクが通知された複数人の作業者(91)のいずれかが受諾することでタスクが実行されるので、1人の作業者(91)にのみタスクが通知される場合に比べて、タスクが実行される確率が高くなる。
According to this aspect, the task is executed by accepting one of the plurality of workers (91) notified of the task, so that only one worker (91) is notified of the task. The probability that the task will be executed is higher than that of.
第3の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)では、第1又は2の態様において、実績出力部(18)は、検知部(27)の検知結果に加え、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。
In the store support system (10, 10A) according to the third aspect, in the first or second aspect, the achievement output unit (18) is based on the work schedule information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit (27). Generate achievement information.
この態様によれば、実績情報の生成に検知部(27)の検知結果のみを用いる場合に比べて、実績出力部(18)で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
According to this aspect, it is possible to improve the reliability of the performance information generated by the performance output unit (18), as compared with the case where only the detection result of the detection unit (27) is used to generate the performance information. is there.
第4の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)では、第1~3のいずれかの態様において、実績出力部(18)は、検知部(27)の検知結果に加え、複数人の作業者(91)に関する作業者(91)情報に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。
In the store support system (10, 10A) according to the fourth aspect, in any one of the first to third aspects, the result output unit (18) includes the detection result of the detection unit (27) and the work of a plurality of persons. Actual information is generated based on the worker (91) information regarding the person (91).
この態様によれば、実績情報の生成に検知部(27)の検知結果のみを用いる場合に比べて、実績出力部(18)で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
According to this aspect, it is possible to improve the reliability of the performance information generated by the performance output unit (18), as compared with the case where only the detection result of the detection unit (27) is used to generate the performance information. is there.
第5の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)では、第1~4のいずれかの態様において、実績出力部(18)は、検知部(27)の検知結果に加え、複数人の作業者(91)の各々における作業状況に基づいて、実績情報を生成する。
In the store support system (10, 10A) according to the fifth aspect, in any one of the first to fourth aspects, the result output unit (18) includes the detection result of the detection unit (27) and the work of a plurality of persons. Actual information is generated based on the work situation of each person (91).
この態様によれば、実績情報の生成に検知部(27)の検知結果のみを用いる場合に比べて、実績出力部(18)で生成される実績情報の信頼性の向上を図ることが可能である。
According to this aspect, it is possible to improve the reliability of the performance information generated by the performance output unit (18), as compared with the case where only the detection result of the detection unit (27) is used to generate the performance information. is there.
第6の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)では、第1~5のいずれかの態様において、検知部(27)は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクの完了を更に検知する。
In the store support system (10, 10A) according to the sixth aspect, in any one of the first to fifth aspects, the detection unit (27) further detects completion of at least one task of the plurality of tasks. ..
この態様によれば、例えば、タスクの実行に要した時間(所要時間)についても、実績情報に含めることができる。
According to this aspect, for example, the time required to execute the task (required time) can also be included in the performance information.
第7の態様に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)は、第1~6のいずれかの態様において、発生検知部(28)を更に備える。発生検知部(28)は、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されるタスクである第1タスクとは別の第2タスクの発生を検知する。指示部(24)は、発生検知部(28)の検知結果に基づいて、第2タスクを複数人の作業者(91)のいずれかに指示する。
The store support system (10, 10A) according to the seventh aspect further includes an occurrence detection unit (28) in any of the first to sixth aspects. An occurrence detection unit (28) detects the occurrence of a second task other than the first task, which is the task whose instruction timing is defined by the work schedule information. The instruction unit (24) instructs the second task to any one of the plurality of workers (91) based on the detection result of the occurrence detection unit (28).
この態様によれば、作業スケジュール情報にて指示タイミングが規定されておらず、突発的に発生し得る第2タスクについても、その実行を自動的に検知し、実績情報を生成することができる。
According to this aspect, it is possible to automatically detect the execution of the second task, which does not specify the instruction timing in the work schedule information and may occur suddenly, and generate the record information.
第8の態様に係る店舗支援方法は、指示処理と、検知処理と、実績出力処理と、を有する。指示処理は、店舗(9)における複数人の作業者(91)により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、定期タスクと、不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを複数人の作業者(91)の各々に指示する処理である。定期タスクは、作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される。作業スケジュール情報は、複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す情報である。不定期タスクは、不定期に発生する。検知処理は、複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、複数人の作業者(91)のうちの指示処理にて指示された作業者(91)による実行を検知する処理である。実績出力処理は、検知処理の検知結果に基づいて、複数人の作業者(91)の各々による複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、実績情報を出力する処理である。
The store support method according to the eighth aspect has an instruction process, a detection process, and a result output process. In the instruction processing, at least one of a regular task and an irregular task is performed by a plurality of workers (91) among a plurality of tasks that are works performed by a plurality of workers (91) in the store (9). Is a process for instructing each of the above. The periodic task is generated based on the work schedule information. The work schedule information is information representing the correspondence between each of the plurality of tasks and the instruction timing. Irregular tasks occur irregularly. The detection process is a process of detecting execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker (91) instructed by the instruction process of the plurality of workers (91). The record output process is a process of generating record information indicating the execution status of a plurality of tasks by each of a plurality of workers (91) based on the detection result of the detection process, and outputting the record information.
この態様によれば、作業の実績を残すことによる作業効率の低下が生じにくい、という利点がある。
According to this aspect, there is an advantage that the work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to leaving the work record.
第9の態様に係るプログラムは、第8の態様に係る店舗支援方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラムである。
The program according to the ninth aspect is a program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method according to the eighth aspect.
この態様によれば、作業の実績を残すことによる作業効率の低下が生じにくい、という利点がある。
According to this aspect, there is an advantage that the work efficiency is less likely to decrease due to leaving the work record.
上記態様に限らず、実施形態1及び実施形態2に係る店舗支援システム(10,10A)の種々の態様(変形例を含む)は、店舗支援方法、プログラム及びプログラムを記録した非一時的記録媒体にて具現化可能である。
Not limited to the above-described aspects, various aspects (including modified examples) of the store support system (10, 10A) according to the first and second embodiments include a store support method, a program, and a non-transitory recording medium recording the program. It can be embodied in.
第2~7の態様に係る構成については、店舗支援システム(10,10A)に必須の構成ではなく、適宜省略可能である。
The configurations according to the second to seventh aspects are not essential configurations for the store support system (10, 10A) and can be omitted as appropriate.
9 店舗
10,10A 店舗支援システム
17 割当部
18 実績出力部
24 指示部
27 検知部
28 発生検知部
91 作業者 9 Stores 10, 10A Store support system 17 Allocation unit 18 Actual output unit 24 Indicator unit 27 Detection unit 28 Occurrence detection unit 91 Worker
10,10A 店舗支援システム
17 割当部
18 実績出力部
24 指示部
27 検知部
28 発生検知部
91 作業者 9
Claims (9)
- 店舗における複数人の作業者により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、前記複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される定期タスクと、不定期に発生する不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを前記複数人の作業者の各々に指示する指示部と、
前記複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、前記複数人の作業者のうちの前記指示部にて指示された作業者による実行を検知する検知部と、
前記検知部の検知結果に基づいて、前記複数人の作業者の各々による前記複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、前記実績情報を出力する実績出力部と、を備える、
店舗支援システム。 For a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers in a store, a periodic task generated based on work schedule information indicating a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing, and a periodic task that occurs irregularly. An instruction unit that instructs each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one task with an irregular task to be performed.
A detection unit that detects the execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker instructed by the instruction unit of the plurality of workers;
Based on the detection result of the detection unit, it includes a performance output unit that generates performance information indicating the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers and outputs the performance information.
Store support system. - 前記複数のタスクを前記複数人の作業者に割り当てる割当部を更に備え、
前記割当部は、前記複数のタスクを前記複数人の作業者の各々に通知し、前記複数人の作業者のうち前記通知を受諾した作業者に前記タスクを割り当てる、
請求項1に記載の店舗支援システム。 Further provided with an allocation unit that allocates the plurality of tasks to the plurality of workers.
The allocation unit notifies each of the plurality of workers of the plurality of tasks, and assigns the task to the worker who has accepted the notification among the plurality of workers.
The store support system according to claim 1. - 前記実績出力部は、前記検知部の検知結果に加え、前記作業スケジュール情報に基づいて、前記実績情報を生成する、
請求項1又は2に記載の店舗支援システム。 The achievement output unit generates the achievement information based on the work schedule information in addition to the detection result of the detection unit,
The store support system according to claim 1 or 2. - 前記実績出力部は、前記検知部の検知結果に加え、前記複数人の作業者に関する作業者情報に基づいて、前記実績情報を生成する、
請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の店舗支援システム。 The performance output unit generates the performance information based on worker information regarding the plurality of workers in addition to the detection result of the detection unit.
The store support system according to any one of claims 1 to 3. - 前記実績出力部は、前記検知部の検知結果に加え、前記複数人の作業者の各々における作業状況に基づいて、前記実績情報を生成する、
請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の店舗支援システム。 The achievement output unit generates the achievement information based on a work result of each of the plurality of workers in addition to the detection result of the detection unit,
The store support system according to any one of claims 1 to 4. - 前記検知部は、前記複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクの完了を更に検知する、
請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の店舗支援システム。 The detection unit further detects the completion of at least one of the plurality of tasks.
The store support system according to any one of claims 1 to 5. - 前記作業スケジュール情報にて前記指示タイミングが規定されるタスクである第1タスクとは別の第2タスクの発生を検知する発生検知部を更に備え、
前記指示部は、前記発生検知部の検知結果に基づいて、前記第2タスクを前記複数人の作業者のいずれかに指示する、
請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の店舗支援システム。 The work schedule information further includes an occurrence detection unit that detects the occurrence of a second task that is different from the first task that is the task whose instruction timing is defined,
The instructing unit instructs one of the plurality of workers to perform the second task based on the detection result of the occurrence detecting unit,
The store support system according to any one of claims 1 to 6. - 店舗における複数人の作業者により行われる作業である複数のタスクについて、前記複数のタスクの各々と指示タイミングとの対応関係を表す作業スケジュール情報に基づいて生成される定期タスクと、不定期に発生する不定期タスクとの少なくとも一方のタスクを前記複数人の作業者の各々に指示する指示処理と、
前記複数のタスクのうちの少なくとも1つのタスクについて、前記複数人の作業者のうちの前記指示処理にて指示された作業者による実行を検知する検知処理と、
前記検知処理の検知結果に基づいて、前記複数人の作業者の各々による前記複数のタスクの実行状況を表す実績情報を生成し、前記実績情報を出力する実績出力処理と、を有する、
店舗支援方法。 For a plurality of tasks that are performed by a plurality of workers in a store, a periodic task generated based on work schedule information indicating a correspondence relationship between each of the plurality of tasks and an instruction timing, and a periodic task that occurs irregularly. An instruction process for instructing each of the plurality of workers to perform at least one task with an irregular task to be performed, and
A detection process of detecting an execution of at least one task of the plurality of tasks by the worker instructed by the instruction process among the plurality of workers;
Based on the detection result of the detection process, it has an actual result output process that generates actual information indicating the execution status of the plurality of tasks by each of the plurality of workers and outputs the actual result information.
Store support method. - 請求項8に記載の店舗支援方法を、1以上のプロセッサに実行させるためのプログラム。 A program for causing one or more processors to execute the store support method according to claim 8.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2021504085A JPWO2020179739A1 (en) | 2019-03-04 | 2020-03-02 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019-038111 | 2019-03-04 | ||
JP2019038111 | 2019-03-04 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020179739A1 true WO2020179739A1 (en) | 2020-09-10 |
Family
ID=72337782
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2020/008723 WO2020179739A1 (en) | 2019-03-04 | 2020-03-02 | Store assistance system, store assistance method, and program |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2020179739A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020179739A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10208148A (en) * | 1997-01-20 | 1998-08-07 | Hitachi Ltd | Work indicating method/system in store system |
JP2006065436A (en) * | 2004-08-25 | 2006-03-09 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Work status information sharing system, work status information sharing method and program |
JP2006227669A (en) * | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-31 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | System and program for managing operation instructions |
JP2008201569A (en) * | 2007-02-22 | 2008-09-04 | Hitachi Ltd | Working management system, working management method, and management calculation machine |
JP2016004384A (en) * | 2014-06-16 | 2016-01-12 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Shop management system and shop management method |
JP2017156882A (en) * | 2016-02-29 | 2017-09-07 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Work allocation support device, terminal and program |
-
2020
- 2020-03-02 JP JP2021504085A patent/JPWO2020179739A1/ja active Pending
- 2020-03-02 WO PCT/JP2020/008723 patent/WO2020179739A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10208148A (en) * | 1997-01-20 | 1998-08-07 | Hitachi Ltd | Work indicating method/system in store system |
JP2006065436A (en) * | 2004-08-25 | 2006-03-09 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Work status information sharing system, work status information sharing method and program |
JP2006227669A (en) * | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-31 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | System and program for managing operation instructions |
JP2008201569A (en) * | 2007-02-22 | 2008-09-04 | Hitachi Ltd | Working management system, working management method, and management calculation machine |
JP2016004384A (en) * | 2014-06-16 | 2016-01-12 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Shop management system and shop management method |
JP2017156882A (en) * | 2016-02-29 | 2017-09-07 | 東芝テック株式会社 | Work allocation support device, terminal and program |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2020179739A1 (en) | 2020-09-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6675229B2 (en) | Work assignment support device, terminal device, and program | |
US11907998B2 (en) | System and method for coupling a user computing device and a point of sale device | |
CN103679585B (en) | Catering service management system | |
US8175917B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for customer specific based food preparation prediction | |
US10546511B2 (en) | Sensor data analysis system and sensor data analysis method | |
CA2668629C (en) | System and method for marketing vehicles residing on a dealership lot | |
US8694352B1 (en) | System and method for providing handheld field force data gathering automation in a big box retail environment | |
JP2007108813A (en) | Operation management supporting method and system using sensor node | |
KR101608029B1 (en) | System and method for providing information | |
JP2023513976A (en) | Systems and methods for intelligent preparation time analysis | |
JP6688723B2 (en) | Action recommendation system and action recommendation method | |
JP7054773B2 (en) | Store support system, store support method and program | |
KR20160060185A (en) | Food ordering system and method of using the same | |
KR20190084394A (en) | Order management system | |
WO2020179738A1 (en) | Screen displaying method, program, and screen displaying system | |
WO2020179739A1 (en) | Store assistance system, store assistance method, and program | |
KR101849310B1 (en) | Method for real time hotel reservation service, and a server and a terminal for performing the method thereof | |
KR101714014B1 (en) | System and method for providing shopping service | |
CN109074597A (en) | Advertisement providing system and program | |
KR20180049398A (en) | Two-Way Communication Beeper | |
JP2017199080A (en) | Information processing terminal, information providing device, method for providing information of enterprise, method for providing information to information processing terminal, and program for causing computer to achieve the method | |
JP7296598B2 (en) | STORE SUPPORT SYSTEM, STORE SUPPORT METHOD AND PROGRAM | |
JPWO2018034034A1 (en) | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM | |
KR20160033888A (en) | System and method for providing shopping information | |
KR20140109781A (en) | Smart Phone, System and Method of creating advertising banners in the Smart Phone |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20766917 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2021504085 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20766917 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |